sv4
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2010
Registration No. 333-          
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.*
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   3640   58-2633371
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
(770) 922-9000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants’ principal executive offices)
Richard K. Reece
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 853-1400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
 
Keith M. Townsend
King & Spalding LLP
1180 Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 572-4600
 
The companies listed on the next page are also included in this Form S-4 Registration Statement as additional Registrants.
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:  As soon as possible after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ
       Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Amount to be
    Offering
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Note     Offering Price     Fee
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
    $350,000,000     100%     $350,000,000(1)     $24,955
Guarantees of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
                (2)
                         
(1) The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price is estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required for the guarantees.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
                 
    Jurisdiction of
  IRS Employer
Exact Name of Additional Registrants*
  Formation   Identification No.
 
Acuity Brands, Inc. 
    Delaware       58-2632672  
ABL IP Holding LLC
    Delaware       58-2632672  
 
The address for each of the additional Registrants is c/o. The primary standard industrial classification number for each of the additional Registrants is 3640.
 


Table of Contents

(ACUITY BRANDS LOGO)
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
Offer to Exchange
Up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the “new notes”)
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for $350,000,000 of our outstanding
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the “old notes”
and, together with the new notes, as the “notes”)
and the guarantees thereof
 
The New Notes:
 
The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that some of the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes will not apply to the new notes.
 
  •  Maturity:  The new notes will mature on December 15, 2019.
 
  •  Interest:  The new notes will bear interest at a rate of 6.00% per annum. Interest on the new notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2010.
 
  •  Guarantees:  The new notes will be guaranteed, fully and unconditionally, on a senior unsecured basis, by Acuity Brands, Inc., the parent corporation of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity Brands, Inc.
 
  •  Ranking:  The new notes and the guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and the guarantors and will effectively rank junior to any existing and future secured indebtedness of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and the guarantors and any indebtedness of Acuity Brands, Inc.’s subsidiaries (other than Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC).
 
  •  Optional Redemption:  We may redeem the new notes in whole or in part at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices. The redemption prices are set forth under “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
  •  The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.
 
The Exchange Offer:
 
  •  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2010 (which is the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus), unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.
 
  •  The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
 
  •  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the new notes for all old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
The exchange offer involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2010.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
  ii
  1
  8
  10
  11
  18
  33
  36
  36
  37
  37
  37
  37
 EX-3.1
 EX-3.2
 EX-3.3
 EX-3.4
 EX-3.8
 EX-3.9
 EX-4.1
 EX-5.1
 EX-23.4
 EX-25.1
 EX-99.1
 EX-99.2
 
Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Acuity,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer, collectively, to Acuity Brands, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., its principal operating subsidiary, and ABL IP Holding LLC; “Acuity Parent” refers only to Acuity Brands, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; “ABL IP Holding” refers only to ABL IP Holding LLC; the “Guarantors” refers, collectively, to Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC; and the “Company” refers only to Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and not to its parent or subsidiaries or affiliates.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 135 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about the Company that is not included or delivered with this prospectus. We will provide without charge, upon written or oral request, to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, a copy of all documents referred to below which have been or may be incorporated by reference into this prospectus excluding exhibits to those documents unless they are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents.
 
In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request the information no later than          , 2010, which is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer. Any such request should be directed to us at:
 
Corporate Secretary
Acuity Brands Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
(404) 853-1400


Table of Contents

 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Statements made herein that may be considered forward-looking include statements incorporating terms such as “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “anticipates” and similar terms that relate to future events, performance, or results of Acuity. In addition, Acuity, or the executive officers on Acuity’s behalf, may from time to time make forward-looking statements in reports and other documents Acuity files with the SEC or in connection with oral statements made to the press, potential investors or others. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, Acuity undertakes no obligation to publicly update or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect any events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
 
Acuity’s forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the historical experience of Acuity’s and management’s present expectations or projections. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  customer and supplier relationships and prices;
 
  •  competition;
 
  •  ability to realize anticipated benefits from initiatives taken and timing of benefits;
 
  •  market demand;
 
  •  litigation and other contingent liabilities; and
 
  •  economic, political, governmental, and technological factors affecting Acuity.
 
Additional risks that could cause Acuity’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in Acuity’s forward-looking statements are discussed in Part I, “Item 1a. Risk Factors” of Acuity’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, which has been incorporated into this prospectus by reference.


ii


Table of Contents

 
Summary
 
This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the notes. You should read this entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” and the documents incorporated by reference herein, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
 
Acuity Brands, Inc.
 
We are one of the world’s leading providers of lighting fixtures and lighting controls for new construction, renovation, and facility maintenance applications. Products include a full range of indoor and outdoor lighting for commercial and institutional, industrial, infrastructure, and residential applications. We manufacture or procure lighting products predominantly in the United States, Mexico, Europe, and China. These products and related services are marketed under numerous brand names, including Lithonia Lighting®, Holophane®, Peerless®, Mark Architectural Lightingtm, Hydrel®, American Electric Lighting®, Gotham®, Carandini®, Metal Optics®, Antique Street Lampstm, Tersentm, Synergy® Lighting Controls, Lighting Control & Designtm, Sensor Switch®, Dark to Lighttm and ROAM®. As of May 31, 2010, we manufactured products in fourteen plants in North America and two plants in Europe.
 
Principal customers include electrical distributors, retail home improvement centers, national accounts, electric utilities, municipalities, and lighting showrooms located in North America and select international markets. In North America, our products are sold by independent sales agents and factory sales representatives who cover specific geographic areas and market segments. Products are delivered through a network of distribution centers, regional warehouses, and commercial warehouses using both common carriers and a company-owned truck fleet. To serve international customers, we employ a sales force that utilizes distribution methods to meet specific individual customer or country requirements. We have one operating segment.
 
We completed the spin-off of our specialty products business, Zep Inc., on October 31, 2007, by distributing all of the shares of Zep Inc. common stock, par value $.01 per share, to Acuity Parent’s stockholders of record as of October 17, 2007. As a result of this spin-off, our financial statements have been prepared with the net assets, results of operations, and cash flows of the specialty products business presented as discontinued operations.
 
Acuity Parent is a Delaware corporation with principal executive offices located at 1170 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. The main telephone number is (404) 853-1400.
 
Our website is www.acuitybrands.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
 
The Company is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity Parent and is the principal operating subsidiary of Acuity Parent. The Company is a Delaware corporation with principal executive offices located at One Lithonia Way, Conyers, Georgia 30012, and its telephone number at that address is (770) 922-9000.
 
ABL IP Holding LLC
 
ABL IP Holding LLC is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity Parent. ABL IP Holding LLC is a Georgia limited liability corporation with principal executive offices located at One Lithonia Way, Conyers, Georgia 30012, and its telephone number at that address is (770) 922-9000.


1


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
 
The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer. For a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, please refer to the section “The Exchange Offer.”
 
The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of the new notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of the old notes, which have not been registered under the Securities Act. We issued the old notes on December 8, 2009.
 
In order to exchange your old notes, you must promptly tender them before the expiration date (as described herein). All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue the new notes on or promptly after the expiration date.
 
You may tender your old notes for exchange in whole or in part in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
Registration Rights Agreement We sold the old notes on December 8, 2009 to Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., the initial purchasers. Simultaneously with that sale, we signed a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers relating to the old notes that requires us to conduct this exchange offer.
 
You have the right under the registration rights agreement to exchange your old notes for new notes. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy such right. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.
 
For a description of the procedures for tendering old notes, see the section “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Offer Procedures.”
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, you will still have the restrictions on transfer provided in the old notes and in the indenture that governs both the old notes and the new notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act, or in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations to register, and we do not currently plan to register, the old notes under the Securities Act. See the section “Risk Factors — If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old notes will be restricted.”
 
Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2010, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion. In that case, the expiration date will be the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer. See the section “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments.”


2


Table of Contents

 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including, if in our reasonable judgment:
 
  • the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or
 
  • any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
 
We may choose to waive some of these conditions. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC. See the section “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Offer Procedures.” If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.
 
By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
  • any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  • you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the new notes;
 
  • you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
 
  • if you are not a broker-dealer, that you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the new notes; and
 
  • if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the new notes.
 
Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before the expiration date. To do this, you should deliver a written notice of your withdrawal to the exchange agent according to the withdrawal procedures described in the section “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
Exchange Agent The exchange agent for the exchange offer is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The address, telephone number and facsimile number of the exchange agent are provided in the section “The


3


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent,” as well as in the letter of transmittal.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. See the section “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Your participation in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, you will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of the exchange. See the section “Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”
 
Summary Description of the New Notes
 
The following is a brief summary of certain terms of the new notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the new notes, see “Description of Notes” in this prospectus.
 
Issuer Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
 
Guarantors Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC.
 
Notes Offered $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019.
 
Maturity Date December 15, 2019.
 
Interest Payment Dates 6.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2010.
 
Guarantees Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding will fully and unconditionally guarantee the payment of principal of and the premium, if any, and interest on the new notes.
 
Ranking The new notes will be the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and will:
 
  • rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;
 
  • rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future subordinated indebtedness;
 
  • be effectively subordinated in right of payment to any existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness; and
 
  • be structurally subordinated in right of payment to indebtedness of Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company and ABL IP Holding).
 
The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will rank equally in right of payment with the Guarantors’ other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time outstanding.
 
Optional Redemption The Company may redeem the new notes in whole or in part at any time and from time to time at the redemption price specified in “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption.”


4


Table of Contents

 
Change of Control Triggering Event Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the new notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. See “Description of Notes — Repurchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event.”
 
Covenants The indenture under which the new notes will be issued will contain covenants for your benefit. These covenants will limit the ability of Acuity Parent and certain of its subsidiaries:
 
  • to create certain liens;
 
  • to enter into sale and lease-back transactions; or
 
  • to consolidate, merge or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety.
 
These covenants will be, however, subject to significant exceptions and qualifications, which are described in this prospectus. See “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
Form and Denomination The new notes will be issued in fully registered book-entry form and will be represented by global notes without interest coupons. The global notes will be deposited with a custodian for and registered in the name of a nominee of The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) in New York, New York. Investors may elect to hold interests in the global notes through DTC and its direct or indirect participants as described under “Description of Notes — Book-Entry Procedures.”
 
The new notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
Further Issues We may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of holders of the new notes (“Holders”), create and issue additional notes having the same interest rate, maturity, ranking and other terms as the new notes offered hereby. Any such additional notes, together with the new notes offered hereby, will be considered part of the same series of notes under the indenture.
 
Transfer Restrictions The new notes are not being offered for sale or exchange and may not be offered for sale or exchange directly or indirectly in Canada except in accordance with applicable securities laws of the provinces and territories of Canada. We are not required, and do not intend, to qualify by prospectus in Canada the new notes, and accordingly, the new notes will be subject to restriction on resale in Canada.
 
No Listing The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.
 
Risk Factors See “Risk Factors” and other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the new notes.


5


Table of Contents

 
Summary Selected Financial Information
 
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial data of Acuity as of and for the nine-month periods ended May 31, 2010 and 2009 and as of and for each of the five fiscal years ended August 31, 2009. The selected consolidated financial data of Acuity presented below as of and for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 have been derived from financial statements of Acuity, which, unless otherwise indicated, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The selected consolidated financial data of Acuity presented below as of August 31, 2006, as of and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005 and as of and for the nine-month periods ended May 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from unaudited financial statements of Acuity. Amounts in our audited and unaudited financial statements have been restated to reflect the specialty products business as discontinued operations as a result of the spin-off of our specialty products business, Zep Inc. This historical information may not be indicative of our future performance. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, each contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2010, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2010, which have been incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
 
                                                         
          Nine Months
 
    Years Ended August 31,     Ended May 31  
    2009     2008     2007(1)     2006(1)     2005(1)     2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except per-share and ratio data)  
 
Summary of Operations Data:
                                                       
Net Sales
  $ 1,657,404     $ 2,026,644     $ 1,964,781     $ 1,841,039     $ 1,637,902     $ 1,182,718     $ 1,234,792  
Cost of Products Sold
    1,022,308       1,210,849       1,220,466       1,188,202       1,101,198       705,619       765,067  
Gross Profits
    635,096       815,795       744,315       652,837       536,704       477,099       469,725  
Selling, Distribution and Administrative Expense
    454,606       540,097       521,892       500,426       449,143       362,228       339,257  
Special Charge
    26,737 (2)     14,638 (3)                 19,405 (4)     5,166       26,635  
Impairment Charge
                      292       664              
Operating Profit
    153,753       261,060       222,423       152,119       67,492       109,705       103,833  
Other Expense
    26,430       30,510       28,237       33,296       34,817       31,504       19,694  
Income from Continuing Operations before Provision for Income Taxes
    127,323       230,550       194,186       118,823       32,675       78,201       84,139  
Provision for Income Taxes
    42,126       81,918       65,499       39,152       7,999       26,415       28,030  
Income from Continuing Operations
    85,197       148,632       128,687       79,671       24,676       51,786       56,109  
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
    (288 )     (377 )     19,367       26,891       27,553       605       (299 )
Net Income
    84,909       148,255       148,054       106,562       52,229       52,391       55,810  
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                                       
Cash and Cash Equivalents
    18,683       297,096       213,674       80,520       86,740     $ 194,518     $ 28,290  
Total Assets(1)
    1,290,603       1,408,691       1,617,867       1,444,116       1,442,215       1,468,747       1,321,124  
Total Debt
    231,582       363,936       363,877       363,802       363,737       353,325       233,971  
Stockholders’ Equity
    672,140       575,546       671,966       475,476       491,636       716,852       658,550  
Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share
    0.52       0.54       0.60       0.60       0.60       0.39       0.39  
Other Data:
                                                       
Basic Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
  $ 2.05     $ 3.58     $ 2.96     $ 1.79     $ 0.56     $ 1.20     $ 1.36  
Basic Earnings (Loss) per Share from Discontinued Operations
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     0.45       0.60       0.63       0.01       (0.01 )
Basic Earnings per Share
  $ 2.04     $ 3.57     $ 3.41     $ 2.39     $ 1.19     $ 1.21     $ 1.35  
Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
  $ 2.01     $ 3.51     $ 2.89     $ 1.73     $ 0.55     $ 1.17     $ 1.34  
Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share from Discontinued Operations
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     0.44       0.58       0.61       0.01       (0.01 )
Diluted Earnings per Share
  $ 2.00     $ 3.50     $ 3.33     $ 2.31     $ 1.16     $ 1.18     $ 1.33  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (unaudited)(5)
    5.1       7.4       6.5       4.3       1.9       4.3       4.5  
 
 
(1) Total assets as of August 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 included amounts related to discontinued operations.


6


Table of Contents

 
(2) During fiscal 2009, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge of $26.7 million to accelerate its ongoing programs to streamline Acuity’s operations, including the consolidation of certain manufacturing facilities and the reduction of certain overhead costs. The charge consists of $25.6 million for estimated severances and employee benefits as well as estimated retention payments related to the previously announced consolidation of certain manufacturing operations and reductions in workforce and a $1.6 million impairment of assets related to the closing of a manufacturing facility, partially offset by a $0.5 million adjustment to the fiscal 2008 special charge.
 
(3) During fiscal 2008, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge of $14.6 million resulting from actions to streamline and simplify Acuity’s organizational structure and operations as a result of the spin-off of Zep Inc. The charge consisted of severance and related employee benefit costs associated with the elimination of certain positions worldwide, the estimated costs associated with the early termination of certain leases, and $0.8 million of share-based expense due to the modification of the terms of agreements to accelerate vesting for certain terminated employees.
 
(4) During fiscal 2005, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge to reflect the costs associated with the elimination of approximately 10% of the Company’s workforce.
 
(5) Acuity’s ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated as income (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations, plus fixed charges, divided by fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest costs incurred and estimated interest within rental expense.


7


Table of Contents

 
Risk Factors
 
Investors should carefully consider the following risk factors and the risk factors related to our business identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and all other information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus before investing in the new notes. The occurrence of any one or more of these risks could materially and adversely affect your investment in the new notes.
 
Risks Relating to the Notes
 
The new notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Company, and the guarantees of the new notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding.
 
The new notes and the guarantees will not be secured by any of the assets of the Company, Acuity Parent or ABL IP Holding. As a result, the new notes are effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. The new notes are not the obligations of Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company and ABL IP Holding). Consequently, the new notes will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities, including trade payables, of Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company and ABL IP Holding). The indenture governing the new notes will not limit the amount of additional debt that we may incur, will permit us to incur secured debt under specified circumstances and will permit Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company) to incur secured debt without restriction. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any secured debt of the Company, Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding may assert rights against the secured assets in order to receive full payment of their debt before the assets may be used to make payments on the new notes or the guarantees.
 
The negative covenants in the indenture that govern the new notes will provide limited protection to holders of new notes.
 
The indenture governing the new notes will contain covenants limiting our ability to create certain liens, enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions, and consolidate or merge with, or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our assets to, another person. The covenants addressing limitations on liens and on sale and lease-back transactions will not apply directly to any of Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company) and will contain exceptions that will allow us to incur liens with respect to material assets. See “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants.” In light of these exceptions, your notes may be structurally or effectively subordinated to new lenders. The indenture does not limit the amount of additional debt that we or our subsidiaries may incur. For these reasons, you should not consider the covenants in the indenture as a significant factor in evaluating whether to invest in the new notes. In addition, we are subject to periodic review by independent credit rating agencies. An increase in the level of our outstanding indebtedness, or other events that could have an adverse impact on our business, properties, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, may cause the rating agencies to downgrade our debt credit rating generally, and the ratings on the new notes, which could adversely impact the trading prices for, or the liquidity of, the new notes. Any such downgrade could also adversely affect our cost of borrowing, limit our access to the capital markets or result in more restrictive covenants in future debt agreements.
 
We may not be able to repurchase all of the new notes upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, which would result in a default under the new notes.
 
We will be required to offer to repurchase the new notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event as provided in the indenture governing the new notes. However, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase the new notes for cash at such time. In addition, our ability to repurchase the new notes for cash may be limited by law or the terms of other agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at the time, which agreements may provide that a change of control event constitutes an event of default or prepayment under such other indebtedness. Our failure to make any such repurchase would result in a default under the new notes.


8


Table of Contents

The provisions of the new notes will not necessarily protect you in the event of certain highly leveraged transactions.
 
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, you will have the right to require us to repurchase the new notes as provided in the indenture governing the new notes. However, the Change of Control Triggering Event provisions will not afford you protection in the event of certain highly leveraged transactions that may adversely affect you. For example, any leveraged recapitalization, refinancing, restructuring or acquisition initiated by us generally will not constitute a Change of Control that would potentially lead to a Change of Control Triggering Event. As a result, we could enter into any such transaction even though the transaction could increase the total amount of our outstanding indebtedness, adversely affect our capital structure or credit rating or otherwise adversely affect the Holders. These transactions may not involve a change in voting power or beneficial ownership or result in a downgrade in the ratings of the new notes, or, even if they do, may not necessarily constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event that affords you the protections described in this prospectus. If any such transaction were to occur, the value of the new notes could decline.
 
An active trading market for the new notes may not develop.
 
The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is currently no public market, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market for the new notes will develop or continue. To the extent that an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading prices for the new notes may be harmed.
 
The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. The liquidity of any market for the new notes will depend upon, among other facts, the number of Holders, our results of operations and financial condition, the market for similar securities and the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the new notes.
 
Our credit facility contains covenants that may limit our operations.
 
We entered into a credit agreement dated October 19, 2007 that contains certain covenants restricting our operations and the operations of our subsidiaries. For example, the agreement contains covenants placing certain limits on permitted indebtedness of our subsidiaries and on the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of certain liens on our property or the property of our subsidiaries. If any of these restrictions were to materially impair the operations and earnings of our subsidiaries, their cash distributions to us may be diminished.
 
Our existing and future indebtedness may limit cash flow available to invest in the ongoing needs of our business, which could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the new notes.
 
As of May 31, 2010 we had $353.3 million of outstanding indebtedness. We have the ability to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including through additional debt offerings and pursuant to our credit agreement, under which we had borrowing capacity of at least $242.7 million as of May 31, 2010. Our level of indebtedness and our ability to incur additional indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
 
  •  adversely impact the trading price for, or the liquidity of, the new notes;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of debt service, reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;
 
  •  adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all in the future; and
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to businesses in our industry that have less indebtedness.


9


Table of Contents

 
Any failure to comply with covenants in the instruments governing our debt could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, would have a material adverse effect on us.
 
Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of your investments in the new notes.
 
We expect that the new notes will be rated “Baa3” and “BBB-” by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s, respectively. Our credit ratings are an assessment by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the new notes. Our credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to structure or marketing of the new notes. Agency ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization. Each agency’s rating should be evaluated independently of any other agency’s rating.
 
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old notes will be restricted.
 
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your old notes. The new notes, like the old notes, will remain subject to restrictions on resale in Canada. The restrictions on transfer of your old notes arise because we issued the old notes in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer to sell the old notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from those requirements. If you are still holding any old notes after the expiration date of the exchange offer and the exchange offer has been consummated, you will not be entitled to have those old notes registered under the Securities Act or to any similar rights under the registration rights agreement, subject to limited exceptions, if applicable. After the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required, and we do not intend, to register the old notes under the Securities Act. In addition, if you do exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. To the extent old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the old notes would be adversely affected.
 
Use of Proceeds
 
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. You will receive, in exchange for old notes tendered by you and accepted by us in the exchange offer, new notes in the same principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase of our outstanding debt.
 
We used the net proceeds from the sale of the old notes of approximately $346 million to repay (1) approximately $175.7 million of the $200 million outstanding principal amount of the 8.375% Senior Notes, which were scheduled to mature August 1, 2010 and bore interest at a rate of 8.375% per year that were validly tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to a cash tender offer (2) all of the remaining $24.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the 8.375% Senior Notes that were redeemed, and (3) an approximately $25.3 million unsecured promissory note issued to the sole stockholder of Sensor Switch, Inc. in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Sensor Switch, Inc., which was scheduled to mature on April 1, 2012 and bore interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. Any remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.


10


Table of Contents

 
The Exchange Offer
 
Purpose of the Exchange Offer
 
We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for new notes. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with this obligation. We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act, to offer the new notes in exchange for the old notes as soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the registration statement and to have such registration statement remain effective for not less than 135 days after the last date that old notes will be accepted for exchange. If we do not comply with certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will incur additional interest expense. The new notes will have terms substantially identical to the old notes except that the new notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions in the United States and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to comply with certain obligations. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 were issued on December 8, 2009.
 
Under the circumstances set forth below, we will as soon as reasonably practicable following a determination of such circumstance, file a shelf registration statement with the SEC covering resales of the old notes or the new notes, as the case may be, use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earliest of (i) one year after the effective date of the shelf registration statement and (ii) the date on which all notes registered under the shelf registration statement have been sold in accordance therewith. These circumstances include:
 
  •  applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer;
 
  •  for any other reason we do not complete the exchange offer by December 8, 2010; or
 
  •  any initial purchaser so requests in writing with respect to old notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer and held by it following consummation of the exchange offer.
 
Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable new notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:
 
  •  any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;
 
  •  it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
 
  •  it is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and
 
  •  if such holder is a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus) in connection with any resale of such new notes.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of new notes and cannot rely on the position of the SEC staff set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation,” “Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated” or similar no-action letters. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Resale of New Notes
 
Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that new notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold


11


Table of Contents

and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:
 
  •  such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and
 
  •  the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such new notes.
 
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes:
 
  •  cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
 
If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
 
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of new notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of new notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 135 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the new notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue $2,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 integral multiple amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 integral multiple amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
The form and terms of the new notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer in the United States and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to file, and cause to become effective, a registration statement. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes. The new notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.
 
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.
 
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for


12


Table of Contents

exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.
 
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us and delivering new notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “— Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “— Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we are not required to make a registered exchange offer in any province or territory of Canada or to accept old notes surrendered by residents of Canada in the registered exchange offer unless the distribution of new notes pursuant to such offer can be effected pursuant to exemptions from the registration and prospectus requirements of the applicable securities laws of such province or territory and, as a condition to the exchange of the old notes pursuant to a registered exchange offer, such holders of old notes in Canada are required to make certain representations to us, including a representation that they are entitled under the applicable securities laws of such province or territory to acquire the new notes without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under such securities laws.
 
We are relying on exemptions from applicable Canadian provincial securities laws to offer the new notes. The new notes may not be sold directly or indirectly in Canada except in accordance with applicable securities laws of the provinces and territories of Canada. We are not required, and do not intend, to qualify the new notes by prospectus in Canada, and accordingly, the new notes will be subject to restrictions on resale in Canada.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
 
The exchange offer for the old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2010, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.
 
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:
 
  •  to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;
 
  •  to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or
 
  •  subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.
 
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we


13


Table of Contents

amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.
 
Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:
 
  •  the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or
 
  •  any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
 
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:
 
  •  the representations described under “— Purpose of the Exchange Offer,” “— Exchange Offer Procedures” and “Plan of Distribution;” and
 
  •  such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the new notes under the Securities Act.
 
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, in the event we extend the period the exchange offer is open, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to termination of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.


14


Table of Contents

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our reasonable discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.
 
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened in writing or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
 
Exchange Offer Procedures
 
Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. If you are a DTC participant that has old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC’s nominee, as applicable, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered or record holders include DTC.
 
If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.
 
To tender old notes in the exchange offer:
 
  •  You must comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) procedures described below; and
 
  •  The exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with a properly transmitted agent’s message, before the expiration date.
 
Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. With respect to the exchange of the old notes, the term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
 
  •  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
 
  •  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and
 
  •  we may enforce the agreement against such participant.
 
Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations described below in this prospectus are true and correct.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes and all other required documents to reach


15


Table of Contents

the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (2) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if all the following conditions are satisfied:
 
  •  you must effect your tender through an “eligible guarantor institution;”
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to guaranteed delivery that is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date as provided below; and
 
  •  a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent account at DTC as described above, together with a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the expiration date.
 
The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.
 
Book-Entry Transfer
 
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility; and
 
  •  specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the old notes.
 
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue new notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.


16


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent
 
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as exchange agent for the exchange offer of old notes.
 
You should direct questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Tele: (800) 344-5128
Facsimile: (612) 667-6282
Attn: Bondholder Communications
 
Fees and Expenses
 
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.
 
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
 
Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:
 
  •  SEC registration fees;
 
  •  fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;
 
  •  accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and
 
  •  related fees and expenses.
 
Transfer Taxes
 
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
 
  •  certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or
 
  •  a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.
 
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
 
Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.


17


Table of Contents

Consequences of Failure to Exchange
 
Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:
 
  •  as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and
 
  •  otherwise as set forth in the offering circular distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.
 
In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.
 
In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the new notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes:
 
  •  could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
 
After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Other
 
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.
 
Description of Notes
 
General
 
The company issued the old notes and the related guarantees and will issue the new notes and the related guarantees under the indenture dated December 8, 2009 (the “Indenture”) between the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Unless the context


18


Table of Contents

otherwise requires, all references to the “notes” in this “Description of the Notes” include the old notes and the new notes. The old notes and the new notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture complies with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.
 
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not include all of the provisions of the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it defines your rights. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of the Indenture may be obtained from the Company.
 
The Trustee will initially act as registrar, transfer agent and paying agent for the notes. The notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Trustee. The Company may change the registrar and any transfer agent or paying agent without notice to the Holders. The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the notes at the Trustee’s corporate office in Minneapolis, Minnesota. At the Company’s option, interest may be paid at the Trustee’s corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of Holders.
 
The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.
 
Guarantees
 
The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding. The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will rank equal in right of payment with the Guarantors’ senior unsecured debt from time to time outstanding, unless the Guarantors are required by the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitations on Liens” below to secure the guarantees. The aggregate amount of obligations guaranteed will be reduced to the extent necessary to prevent violation of, or becoming voidable under, applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting creditors generally.
 
Principal, Maturity and Interest
 
The Company is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, the new notes for all of the outstanding old notes.
 
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 6.00% per year. Interest on the notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15, 2010, to the persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on June 1 and December 1, whether or not a business day, immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date.
 
Interest on the notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the issue date. If any interest payment date, Redemption Date (as defined below), repurchase date or maturity date falls on a day which is not a business day, payment of interest, principal and premium, if any, with respect to such notes will be made on the next business day with the same force and effect as if made on the due date and no interest on such payment will accrue from and after such due date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.
 
The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue payments of the principal, purchase price and redemption price of the notes from time to time on demand at the rate then borne by the notes offered hereby; and the Company will pay interest (including post- petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods) on the notes offered hereby from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.


19


Table of Contents

Further Issues
 
The Company may from time to time without notice to, or the consent of, any Holder, create and issue additional notes under the Indenture, equal in rank to the notes offered hereby in all respects (or in all respects except for the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes, or except for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such additional notes) so that the additional notes may be consolidated and form a single series with the notes offered hereby and have the same terms as to status, redemption and otherwise as the notes offered hereby.
 
Listing
 
The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.
 
Ranking
 
The notes will be the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and will:
 
  •  rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;
 
  •  rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future subordinated indebtedness;
 
  •  be effectively subordinated in right of payment to any existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness; and
 
  •  be structurally subordinated in right of payment to indebtedness of Acuity Parent’s subsidiaries (other than the Company and ABL IP Holding).
 
The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding and will rank equally in right of payment with Acuity Parent’s and ABL IP Holding’s other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time outstanding.
 
Optional Redemption
 
The notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time or from time to time prior to maturity on at least 30 days’, but not more than 60 days’, prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder (the “Redemption Date”). The redemption price will be equal to the greater of:
 
  •  100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed; and
 
  •  the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments (as defined below) discounted to the Redemption Date, on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at a rate equal to the sum of the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 40 basis points,
 
plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date.
 
For purposes of the optional redemption provisions of the notes, the following terms will be applicable:
 
“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
 
“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
 
“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed by us.


20


Table of Contents

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and their respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one other nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the City of New York (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) as selected by us. If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we will substitute therefore another Primary Treasury Dealer.
 
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date.
 
“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to each note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the note that would be due after the related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that Redemption Date is not an interest payment date with respect to a note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on the note will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on the note to the Redemption Date.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a day count basis) of the interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
 
On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or any portion of the notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest. On or before the Redemption Date, the Company will deposit with a paying agent or the Trustee money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, the notes to be redeemed on that date.
 
Selection and Notice of Redemption
 
In the event that the Company chooses to redeem less than all of the notes, selection of the notes for redemption will be made on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
 
No notes of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the paying agent or the Trustee funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price.
 
Repurchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event
 
If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below) occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the notes as described above, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase all or, at the Holder’s option, any part (equal to $2,000 or any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof), of each Holder’s notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased, to, but not including, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
 
Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to mail a notice to Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the notes on the date specified in the notice,


21


Table of Contents

which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by the notes and described in such notice. The Company must comply with the requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will be required, to the extent lawful, to:
 
  •  accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
  •  deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and
 
  •  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officer’s certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by it.
 
The paying agent will be required to promptly mail, to each Holder who properly tendered notes, the purchase price for such notes, and the Trustee will be required to promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each such Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
 
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provision of any such securities laws or regulations conflicts with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the notes by virtue of any such conflict.
 
For purposes of the repurchase provisions of the notes, the following terms will be applicable:
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more persons, other than to Acuity Parent or one of its subsidiaries; (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of Acuity Parent’s board of directors is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined below); (3) the consummation of any transaction including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation the result of which is that any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of Acuity Parent’s Voting Stock (as defined below); (4) Acuity Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Acuity Parent, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Acuity Parent or of such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of Acuity Parent’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or (5) the adoption of a plan


22


Table of Contents

relating to Acuity Parent’s liquidation or dissolution. For the purposes of this definition, “person” and “beneficial owner” have the meanings used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control, which Trigger Period will be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one Rating Agency is providing a rating for the notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, the notes will be deemed to have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.
 
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of Acuity Parent’s board of directors who (1) was a member of Acuity Parent’s board of directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to Acuity Parent’s board of directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of Acuity Parent’s board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of Acuity Parent’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
 
“Investment Grade” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by us.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors.
 
“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act that is selected by Acuity Parent (as certified by a resolution of its board of directors) as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.
 
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.
 
“Voting Stock” of any specified person as of any date means the capital stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.
 
The definition of “Change of Control” includes a clause relating to the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the term “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to another person may be uncertain in some circumstances.
 
A Delaware Chancery Court recently interpreted a “continuing director” definition similar to the “Continuing Directors” definition above and found that, under Delaware law, for purposes of such definition, a board of directors may approve a slate of shareholder-nominated directors without endorsing them or while simultaneously recommending and endorsing its own slate instead. The foregoing interpretation would permit Acuity Parent’s board of directors to approve a slate of directors that included a majority of dissident directors nominated pursuant to a proxy contest, and the ultimate election of such dissident slate would not constitute a


23


Table of Contents

“Change of Control Triggering Event” that would trigger your right to require the Company to repurchase your notes as described above.
 
Certain Covenants
 
The Indenture will contain, among others, the following covenants:
 
Limitations on Liens
 
Acuity Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, incur, create, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon a Principal Property or upon any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently with the issuance, incurrence, creation, assumption or guaranty of any such secured Indebtedness, or the grant of such Lien, that the notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at the option of Acuity Parent, prior to) such secured Indebtedness. The foregoing restriction, however, will not apply to any of the following:
 
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date or provided for under the terms of agreements existing on the Issue Date;
 
(2) Liens on property or assets of a person existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, securing Indebtedness of such person; provided such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with such person or entity becoming a Subsidiary and such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than those of the person becoming a Subsidiary;
 
(3) Liens on property or assets of a person existing at the time such person is merged into or consolidated with Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a person to Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of the merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance, other disposition or other such transaction by which such person was merged into or consolidated with Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(4) Liens on property or assets securing (1) all or any portion of the cost of acquiring, constructing, altering, developing, expanding, improving or repairing any property or assets, real or personal, or improvements used or to be used in connection with the property of Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) Indebtedness incurred by Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide funds for the activities set forth in clause (1) above.
 
(5) Liens in favor of Acuity Parent or one or more Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(6) Liens on any property or assets securing (1) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the construction, installation or financing of pollution control or abatement facilities or other form of industrial revenue bond financing or (2) Indebtedness issued or guaranteed by the United States or any State thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of either;
 
(7) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on Acuity Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s books in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not more than 60 days past due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
(9) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;


24


Table of Contents

(10) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;
 
(11) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not in any material way affect the marketability of the same or interfere with the use thereof in the ordinary course of business of Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(12) Liens arising under operating agreements or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
(13) Liens on personal property (excluding the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary) securing Indebtedness of Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness that matures more than 12 months after its creation, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(14) Liens which secure a judgment or other court-ordered award or settlement as to which the Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has not exhausted its appellate rights;
 
(15) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations; and
 
(16) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to above, so long as such Lien is limited to all or part of substantially the same property which secured the Lien extended, renewed or replaced, and the amount of Indebtedness secured is not increased (other than by the amount equal to any costs and expenses (including any premium, fees or penalties) incurred in connection with any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding).
 
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, Acuity Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to incur Indebtedness, secured by Liens otherwise prohibited by this covenant, which, together with the value of Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to the second paragraph of the “— Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions” covenant below, do not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the date of incurrence of the Lien.
 
Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
 
Acuity Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, other than any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction involving a lease for a term of not more than three years or any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction between Acuity Parent and one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or between the Restricted Subsidiaries, unless:
 
(1) Acuity Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Principal Property involved in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, without equally and ratably securing the notes, pursuant to the “— Limitation on Liens” covenant above; or
 
(2) the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value of the affected Principal Property (as determined in good faith by Acuity Parent’s board of directors) and Acuity Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount equal to the net proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction within 12 months of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to any (or a combination) of:
 
(a) the prepayment or retirement of the notes;
 
(b) the prepayment, retirement or defeasance (other than any mandatory retirement, mandatory prepayment or sinking fund payment or by payment at maturity) of other Indebtedness of Acuity Parent or of one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or Indebtedness owed to Acuity Parent or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries) that matures more than 12 months after its creation; or


25


Table of Contents

(c) the acquisition, construction, alteration, development, expansion, improvement or repair of other property used or to be used in the ordinary course of business of Acuity Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that for purposes of this clause (c), any amounts expended to acquire, construct, alter, develop, expand, improve or repair such other property during the six months preceding such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction may also be applied as a credit against the net proceeds from the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
 
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, Acuity Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions otherwise prohibited by this covenant, which, together with all Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the second paragraph of the “— Limitation on Liens” covenant above, do not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the closing date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
 
Limitation on Mergers and Other Transactions
 
The Company may not merge into or consolidate with or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any person or persons unless:
 
(1) the successor entity is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the District of Columbia;
 
(2) the successor corporation assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no event of default will have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(4) an officer’s certificate is delivered to the Trustee to the effect that the conditions set forth above have been satisfied and an opinion of counsel has been delivered to the Trustee to the effect that the first condition set forth has been satisfied.
 
Acuity Parent may not merge into or consolidate with or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose its properties substantially as an entirety to any person or persons unless:
 
(1) the successor entity is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the District of Columbia;
 
(2) the successor corporation assumes by supplemental indenture all of Acuity Parent’s obligations under the Indenture, including as guarantor;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no event of default will have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(4) an officer’s certificate is delivered to the Trustee to the effect that the conditions set forth above have been satisfied and an opinion of counsel has been delivered to the Trustee to the effect that the first condition set forth has been satisfied.
 
The restrictions above shall not be applicable to:
 
  •  the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the Company or Acuity Parent with an affiliate of ours if Acuity Parent’s board of directors determines in good faith that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the state of incorporation or convert the form of organization to another form; or
 
  •  the merger of the Company or Acuity Parent with or into a single direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity Parent pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor provision) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
In the case of any such merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, but not a lease, in a transaction in which there is a successor entity, the successor entity will


26


Table of Contents

succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or Acuity Parent, as the case may be, under the Indenture and, subject to the terms of the Indenture, the Company or Acuity Parent, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under the Indenture.
 
Events of Default
 
The following are “Events of Default” with respect to the notes:
 
(1) the failure to pay interest on the notes when the same becomes due and payable, and the Default continues for a period of 30 days;
 
(2) the failure to pay the principal (or premium, if any) of the notes, when such principal (or premium, if any) becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon acceleration, upon redemption or otherwise;
 
(3) a Default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture, and the Default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the Default (and demanding that such Default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes;
 
(4) failure to pay at maturity, or upon acceleration of, any Indebtedness of Acuity Parent, the Company and/or any other Significant Subsidiary at any one time in an amount in excess of $50.0 million, if the Indebtedness is not discharged or the acceleration is not annulled within 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes; or
 
(5) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency affecting Acuity Parent, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary.
 
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above), shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% of the principal amount of the notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
 
The Indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:
 
(1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
 
(2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;
 
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and
 
(4) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances.
 
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
 
Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes.


27


Table of Contents

Holders may not enforce the Indenture except as provided in the Indenture and under the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders. No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to any remedy available under the Indenture unless such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the Holders holding a majority in the principal amount of the notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Nothing herein shall impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the notes.
 
The Company will be required to provide an officer’s certificate to the Trustee promptly upon any such officer obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (provided that such officers shall provide such certification at least annually whether or not they know of any Default or Event of Default) that has occurred and, if applicable, describe such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof.
 
Certain Definitions
 
The following is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the definition of all terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, with respect to a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, at the time of determination, the present value of the total net amount of rent (for the avoidance of doubt, “net amount of rent” excludes amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, reconstruction insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates and similar charges and contingent rates, such as those based on net sales) required to be paid under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including any period for which such lease has been extended), discounted at the rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease (or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the notes then outstanding under the Indenture) compounded semi-annually. In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount shall be the lesser of (x) the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall not include any rent that would be required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no such termination.
 
“Capital Stock” means:
 
(1) with respect to any person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and
 
(2) with respect to any person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date on which Acuity Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary effects a transaction requiring such Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be measured hereunder, the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves) after deducting therefrom: (1) all current liabilities, except for current maturities of long-term debt and obligations under capital leases; and (2) intangible assets (including goodwill), to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis.
 
“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.


28


Table of Contents

“Hedging Obligations” means:
 
(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;
 
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk;
 
(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices; and
 
(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in equity prices.
 
“Indebtedness” means with respect to any person, without duplication:
 
(1) all obligations of such person for borrowed money; and
 
(2) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments.
 
“Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the notes but not any additional debt securities.
 
“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind.
 
“Principal Property” means any manufacturing plant or facility located within the United States of America (other than its territories or possessions) owned by Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary which in the good faith opinion of Acuity Parent’s board of directors, is of material importance to the total business conducted by Acuity Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Acuity Parent (1) substantially all the property of which is located, or substantially all the business of which is carried on, within the United States of America (not including its territories and possessions) and (2) that owns a Principal Property; provided that the term “Restricted Subsidiary” will not include any Subsidiary that is principally engaged in financing the operations of Acuity Parent, or its Subsidiaries, or both, outside of the United States of America.
 
“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any person providing for the leasing by us of any Principal Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or transferred by us to such person.
 
“Significant Subsidiaries” means any Subsidiary that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
 
“Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other similar type of business entity in which Acuity Parent and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries together own more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other similar type of business entity, directly or indirectly.
 
Modification of the Indenture
 
From time to time, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, may amend the Indenture and the terms of the notes for certain specified purposes, including:
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;
 
(3) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;


29


Table of Contents

(6) to conform the terms of the Indenture, the notes and/or the guarantees to any provision or other description of the notes or guarantees, as the case may be, contained in this prospectus;
 
(7) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture and the notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof;
 
(8) to provide for the issuance of registered notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the initial notes issued under the Indenture (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the initial notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding initial notes, as a single issue of securities;
 
(9) to provide for the issuance of any additional notes under the Indenture;
 
(10) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;
 
(11) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;
 
(12) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal or premium, if any, on notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or
 
(13) supplement any provision of the Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
 
In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee will be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an opinion of counsel. Other modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made with the consent of the Holders holding a majority in principal amount of all then outstanding notes, except that, without the consent of each Holder, no amendment may:
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of outstanding notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
 
(2) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the notes;
 
(3) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the notes, or change the date on which the notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefore;
 
(4) make the notes payable in currency other than that stated in the notes or change the place of payment of the notes from that stated in the notes or in the Indenture;
 
(5) make any change in provisions of the Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
 
(6) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under the guarantees;
 
(7) make any change to or modify the ranking of the notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
 
(8) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions.


30


Table of Contents

Satisfaction, Discharge and Defeasance
 
The Company and the Guarantors may terminate their obligations under the Indenture, when:
 
(1) either:
 
(a) all the notes that have been authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(b) all the notes issued that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year (“discharge”) or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, and the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee sufficient funds to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes to pay principal (and premium, if any), interest and any additional amounts;
 
(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under the Indenture; and
 
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officer’s certificate or an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.
 
The Company and the Guarantors may elect to have their obligations under the Indenture discharged with respect to the outstanding notes (“legal defeasance”). Legal defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes and to have satisfied all of its obligations under the notes and the Indenture, except for:
 
(1) the rights of holders of the notes to receive principal (and premium, if any), interest, if any, on the notes and any additional amounts when due;
 
(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning the issuance of temporary notes; registration and transfer of notes; replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes; compensation of the Trustee from time to time for its services rendered under the Indenture; maintenance of an office or agency for payment; and holding in trust sums sufficient for the payment of additional amounts, if any;
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee; and
 
(4) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
 
In addition, the Company and the Guarantors may elect to have their obligations released with respect to certain covenants in the Indenture (“covenant defeasance”). Any failure to comply with these obligations will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency events) described under “— Events of Default” will no longer constitute an event of default.
 
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance with respect to outstanding notes:
 
(1) the Company or the Guarantors must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders:
 
(a) money in dollars or in such foreign currency in which the notes are payable in at stated maturity;
 
(b) non-callable U.S. government obligations; or
 
(c) a combination of money and non-callable U.S. government obligations,
 
in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to


31


Table of Contents

pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the outstanding notes on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of the notes. Before such deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of any notes at a future date in accordance with any redemption provisions contained in any supplemental indenture relating to such notes, which shall be given effect in applying the foregoing;
 
(2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that (i) the Company shall have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of the Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to the same federal income tax as would be the case if the covenant defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) no Event of Default or event with which notice of lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the notes has occurred and is continuing at the time of such deposit;
 
(5) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ securities;
 
(6) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantors are a party, or by which the Company or the Guarantors are bound;
 
(7) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not cause any securities listed on any registered national stock exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;
 
(8) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will be effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or the Guarantors in connection therewith; and
 
(9) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.
 
Reports to Trustee
 
The Indenture governing the notes provides that any document or report that Acuity Parent is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after such document or report is filed with the SEC.
 
The Trustee
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will act as trustee for the notes. We have other customary banking relationships with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business.
 
The Indenture will provide that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same


32


Table of Contents

degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs.
 
The Indenture and the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of us, to obtain payments of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject to the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the Trust Indenture Act, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporator and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or affiliate of Acuity Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of Acuity Parent or any of its Subsidiaries under the notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes.
 
Unclaimed Funds
 
All funds deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent for the payment of principal, interest, premium or additional amounts in respect of the notes that remain unclaimed for two years after the maturity date of such notes will be repaid to the Company upon its request. Thereafter, any right of any Holder to such funds shall be enforceable only against the Company, and the Trustee and paying agents will have no liability therefore.
 
Governing Law
 
The notes, the guarantees and the Indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
Book-entry Settlement and Clearance
 
Book-Entry Procedures
 
The new notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered global securities in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof that will be deposited with DTC in New York, New York or its nominee. This means that the Company will not issue certificates to each holder. Each global security will be issued in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee, which will keep a computerized record of its participants (for example, your broker) whose clients have purchased new notes. The participant will then keep a record of its clients who purchased the new notes. Unless it is exchanged in whole or in part for a certificate, a global security may not be transferred, except that DTC, its nominees, and their successors may transfer a global security as a whole to one another.
 
Beneficial interests in global securities will be shown on, and transfers of global securities will be made only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. If you are not a participant in DTC, you may beneficially own new notes held by DTC only through a participant.
 
The laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global security.
 
DTC has provided the Company with the following information: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
 
DTC holds securities that its direct participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among direct participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities


33


Table of Contents

through electronic computerized book-entry changes in direct participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations.
 
DTC is owned by a number of its direct participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.
 
Purchases of new notes represented by one or more global securities under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the new notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each beneficial owner of each note is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the new notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in new notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the new notes is discontinued.
 
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all new notes deposited by direct participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of new notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the new notes; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such new notes are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
 
Delivery of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Redemption notices, if any, will be sent to DTC. If less than all of the new notes within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in such issue to be redeemed.
 
Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor such other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the new notes. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the Company as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the new notes are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).
 
Redemption proceeds and distributions on the new notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts, upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from the Company or the paying agent on payable date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of each participant and not of DTC, the paying agent, or the Company, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds and distributions to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of the Company or the paying agent, disbursement of such payments to direct participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners will be the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.


34


Table of Contents

A beneficial owner must give notice to elect to have its new notes purchased or tendered, through its participant, to the paying agent, and will effect delivery of the new notes by causing the direct participant to transfer the participant’s interest in the new notes, on DTC’s records, to the paying agent. The requirement for physical delivery of the new notes in connection with an optional tender or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the new notes are transferred by direct participants on DTC’s records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered securities to the paying agent’s DTC account.
 
DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the new notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or the paying agent. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, note certificates are required to be printed and delivered. The Company may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, note certificates will be printed and delivered.
 
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for its accuracy.
 
Same-day Settlement and Payment
 
The new notes will trade in the same-day funds settlement system of DTC until maturity or until the Company issues the new notes in certificated form. DTC will therefore require secondary market trading activity in the new notes to settle in immediately available funds. The Company can give no assurance as to the effect, if any, of settlement in immediately available funds on trading activity in the new notes.
 
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg
 
If the depositary for a global security is DTC, you may hold interests in the global notes through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”), in each case, as a participant in DTC.
 
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will hold interests, in each case, on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in the names of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold such interests in customers’ securities in the depositaries’ names on DTC’s books.
 
Payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices and other matters relating to the new notes made through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg must comply with the rules and procedures of those systems. Those systems could change their rules and procedures at any time. The Company has no control over those systems or their participants, and the Company takes no responsibility for their activities. Transactions between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, on the one hand, and other participants in DTC, on the other hand, would also be subject to DTC’s rules and procedures.
 
Investors will be able to make and receive through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices and other transactions involving any securities held through those systems only on days when those systems are open for business. Those systems may not be open for business on days when banks, brokers and other institutions are open for business in the United States.
 
In addition, because of time-zone differences, U.S. investors who hold their interests in the new notes through these systems and wish, on a particular day, to transfer their interests, or to receive or make a payment or delivery or exercise any other right with respect to their interests, may find that the transaction will not be effected until the next business day in Luxembourg or Brussels, as applicable. Thus, investors who wish to exercise rights that expire on a particular day may need to act before the expiration date. In addition, investors who hold their interests through both DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may need to make special arrangements to finance any purchase or sales of their interests between the U.S. and European clearing systems, and those transactions may settle later than transactions within one clearing system.


35


Table of Contents

 
Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer
 
The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer to holders of old notes, but is not a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The summary below is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations of the Treasury Department, administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to particular holders, including dealers in securities, financial institutions, insurance companies and tax-exempt organizations. In addition, this summary does not consider the effect of any foreign, state, local, gift, estate or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular holder. This summary applies only to a holder that acquired old notes at original issue for cash and holds such old notes as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
 
The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of a new note, the holder’s holding period for the new note will include the holder’s holding period for the old note exchanged therefore, and the holder’s basis in the new note will be the same as the holder’s basis in the old note immediately before the exchange.
 
Persons considering the exchange of old notes for new notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
 
Plan of Distribution
 
For a period of 135 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 135 days after the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until          , 2010, all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


36


Table of Contents

For a period of 135 days after the date on which the exchange offer is consummated we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Legal Matters
 
The validity of the new notes and guarantees will be passed upon for us by King & Spalding LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Our financial statements and the related financial statement schedule incorporated in this prospectus by reference to Acuity’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Where You Can Find More Information
 
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on its public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
Incorporation by Reference
 
The SEC allows certain issuers, including Acuity, to “incorporate by reference” information in documents that have been filed with it. We have elected to use a similar procedure in connection with this prospectus, which means that we can disclose important information about us by referring you to those documents that are considered part of this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus or a document incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or therein, or in any other subsequently filed document that also is deemed to be incorporated herein or therein by reference, modifies or supersedes such statement. A statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings made with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); provided, however, that we are not incorporating by reference any information furnished (but not filed) under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of any Current Report on Form 8-K:
 
  •  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009;
 
  •  Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended November 30, 2009, February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2010;
 
  •  Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2009, October 7, 2009 (Item 8.01 only), November 16, 2009, December 1, 2009 (2 filings), December 3, 2009, December 7, 2009, December 9, 2009, December 10, 2009, January 11, 2010, January 25, 2010, February 9, 2010, March 31, 2010 (Item 8.01 only), June 25, 2010 (Item 8.01 only) and June 30, 2010; and
 
  •  Definitive Proxy Statement for Acuity Parent’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on January 8, 2010.


37


Table of Contents

 
You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us at the following address:
 
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Investor Relations
(404) 853-1400
 
You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus and any supplement hereto. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any supplement hereto is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of the document and that any information we have incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of the document incorporated by reference.


38


Table of Contents

 
 
(ACUITY BRANDS LOGO)
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
 
Offer to Exchange
Up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the “new notes”)
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for $350,000,000 of our outstanding
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the “old notes”
and, together with the new notes, as the “notes”)
and the guarantees thereof
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Until the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and Acuity Brands, Inc.
 
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
 
Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:
 
  •  to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;
 
  •  the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and
 
  •  the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.
 
As used in this Item 20, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.
 
Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware under


II-1


Table of Contents

certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).
 
The Company’s and Acuity Parent’s bylaws grant their directors and officers a right to indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law for all expenses relating to civil, criminal, administrative or investigative procedures to which they are a party (i) by reason of the fact that they are or were directors or officers of the company or (ii) by reason of the fact that, while they are or were directors or officers of the company, they are or were serving at the request of the company as a director, officer or employee of another enterprise. The Company’s and Acuity Parent’s bylaws further provide that an advancement for any such expenses shall only be made upon delivery to the company by the indemnitee of an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the company.
 
The Company’s and Acuity Parent’s certificates of incorporation provides that a director of the company shall not be personally liable to the company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
 
Acuity Parent has also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its directors and officers. These agreements require Acuity Parent to indemnify these directors and officers with respect to their activities as directors or officers of Acuity Parent or when serving at Acuity Parent’s request as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by them in any threatened, pending or completed suit or proceeding (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) to which they are, or are threatened to be made, parties as a result of their service to Acuity Parent. Acuity Parent has agreed to indemnify each indemnitee for any one or a combination of the following, whichever is most advantageous to the indemnitee, as determined by the indemnitee: (i) the benefits provided by Acuity Parent’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws in effect on the date of the indemnification agreement; (ii) the benefits provided by Acuity Parent’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws at the time expenses are incurred by the indemnitee; (iii) the benefits allowable under Delaware law in effect on the date of the indemnification agreement; (iv) the benefits allowable under the law of the jurisdiction under which Acuity Parent exists at the time expenses are incurred by the indemnitee; (v) the benefits available under liability insurance obtained by Acuity Parent; and (vi) such other benefits as may be otherwise available to the indemnitee under Acuity Parent’s existing practices. Under the indemnification agreements, each indemnitee will continue to be indemnified even after ceasing to occupy a position as an officer, director, employee or agent of Acuity Parent with respect to suits or proceedings arising out of acts or omissions during his service to Acuity Parent. Each indemnitee has agreed to notify Acuity Parent promptly of any proceeding brought or threatened and not to make any admission or settlement without Acuity Parent’s consent, unless the indemnitee determines to undertake his own defense and waives the benefits of the indemnification agreement.
 
Acuity Parent also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for its directors and officers.
 
ABL IP Holding LLC
 
Section 14-11-306 of the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in the articles of organization or a written operating agreement, a Georgia limited liability company may, and has the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, arising in connection with the limited liability company; provided, however, that no limited liability company shall have the power to indemnify any member or manager for any liability that may not be eliminated or limited by the articles or


II-2


Table of Contents

organization or a written operating agreement by reason of division (4)(A)(i) or (ii) of Code Section 14-11-305.
 
ABL IP Holding LLC’s operating agreement provides that ABL IP Holding shall indemnify and hold harmless each member, manager, and officer of ABL IP Holding against any and all liabilities, claims and demands whatsoever relating to or arising out of any action, inaction, or omission in connection with ABL IP Holding to the fullest extent permitted by the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith.
 
Item 21.   Exhibits.
 
The exhibits listed below in the “Index to Exhibits” are part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
 
Item 22.   Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
 
(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is


II-3


Table of Contents

part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
(6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(7) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
(8) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


II-4


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C. Dan Smith, Jr., and each of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 30th day of June 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel

Vernon J. Nagel
  Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Richard K. Reece

Richard K. Reece
  Director and Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  C. Dan Smith, Jr.

C. Dan Smith, Jr.
  Director


II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
 
Acuity Brands, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C. Dan Smith, Jr. and each of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 30th day of June 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel

Vernon J. Nagel
  Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Richard K. Reece

Richard K. Reece
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Peter C. Browning

Peter C. Browning
  Director
     
/s/  John L. Clendenin

John L. Clendenin
  Director
     
/s/  George C. (Jack) Guynn

George C. (Jack) Guynn
  Director
     
/s/  Gordon D. Harnett

Gordon D. Harnett
  Director
     
/s/  Robert F. McCullough

Robert F. McCullough
  Director


II-6


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Julia B. North

Julia B. North
  Director
     
/s/  Ray M. Robinson

Ray M. Robinson
  Director
     
/s/  Neil Williams

Neil Williams
  Director


II-7


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
 
ABL IP Holding LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C. Dan Smith, Jr. and each of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 30th day of June 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Vernon J. Nagel

Vernon J. Nagel
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Richard K. Reece

Richard K. Reece
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Barry R. Goldman

Barry R. Goldman
  Manager
     
/s/  Jeremy M. Quick

Jeremy M. Quick
  Manager
     
/s/  C. Dan Smith, Jr.

C. Dan Smith, Jr.
  Manager


II-8


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
             
Exhibit No.
       
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger among Acuity Brands, Inc., Acuity Merger Sub, Inc. and Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc., dated September 25, 2007.   Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  2 .2   Agreement and Plan of Distribution by and between Acuity Brands, Inc. and Zep Inc., dated as of October 31, 2007.   Reference is made to Exhibit 2.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on November 6, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  2 .3   Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 18, 2009 by and between Acuity Brands, Inc., Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., Sensor Switch, Inc., and Brian Platner.   Reference is made to Exhibit 2.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on March 18, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  3 .1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (formerly L&C Lighting Group, Inc. and Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.), dated as of July 27, 2001.    
  3 .2*   Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands Lightning, Inc., dated as of November 9, 2001.    
  3 .3*   Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands Lightning, Inc., dated as of January 29, 2007.    
  3 .4*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (formerly L&C Lighting Group, Inc.), dated as of July 31, 2001.    
  3 .5   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity Brands, Inc. (formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.), dated as of September 26, 2007.   Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  3 .6   Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands, Inc. (formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.), dated as of September 26, 2007.   Reference is made to Exhibit 3.2 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  3 .7   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Acuity Brands, Inc., (formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.) dated as of January 8, 2009.   Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on October 7, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  3 .8*   Articles of Organization of ABL IP Holding LLC, dated as of September 20, 2007.    
  3 .9*   Operating Agreement of ABL IP Holding LLC, dated as of September 20, 2007.    
  4 .1*   Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2009, among Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., as issuer, Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC as guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.    
  4 .2*   Form of 6.00% Senior Secured Exchange Note due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto)    
  4 .3*   Form of Subsidiary Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto).    


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No.
       
 
  4 .4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 8, 2009, by and among Acuity Brands Lighting, Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as initial purchasers.   Reference is made to Exhibit 4.3 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on December 9, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .5   Form of Certificate representing Acuity Brands, Inc. Common Stock.   Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on December 14, 2001, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .6   Stockholder Protection Rights Agreement between Acuity Brands, Inc. (formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.) and The Bank of New York, dated as of September 25, 2007.   Reference is made to Exhibit 4.2 of Acuity Parent’s Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .7   Letter Agreement appointing Successor Rights Agent.   Reference is made to Exhibit 4(c) of Acuity Parent’s Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on July 14, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  5 .1*   Opinion of King & Spalding LLP regarding legality of securities being offered.    
  12     Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.   Reference is made to Exhibit 12 of Acuity Parent’s Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on June 30, 2010, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  23 .1*   Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of its opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 hereto).    
  23 .4*   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.    
  24 .1*   Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).    
  25 .1*   Form T-1, Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.    
  99 .1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.    
  99 .2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.    
 
 
* Filed herewith

exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
         
STATE OF DELAWARE        
SECRETARY OF STATE        
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS        
FILED 09:00 AM 07/27/2001        
010366210 — 3409762        
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
     L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:
     1. The name of the Corporation is L & C Lighting Group, Inc. The date of filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State was July 3, 2001.
     2. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
     3. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect of said Corporation and has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 241 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law by written consent of the incorporators in a manner and by the vote prescribed by Sections 241 and 245 the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, no directors having been named in the Certificate of Incorporation and no directors having been elected.
     4. The Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect is hereby amended and restated to read as set forth in full herein:

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be: L & C Lighting Group, Inc.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and the Corporation shall have all powers necessary to engage in such acts or activities, including, but not limited to, the powers enumerated in the General Corporation Law of Delaware or any amendment thereto.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is: Ten Thousand (10,000) common shares, $1.00 par value.
     FIFTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SIXTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporators have executed, signed and acknowledged this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 27th day of July, 2001.
         
     
  /s/ Beth E. Barnhart    
  Beth E. Barnhart, Incorporator   
     
 
     
  /s/ A. Lark Ivester    
  A. Lark Ivester, Incorporator   
     
 

 

exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
         
        STATE OF DELAWARE
        SECRETARY OF STATE
        DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
        FILED 09:00 AM 11/09/2001
        010570610 — 3409762
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
It is hereby certified that:
          FIRST: The name of the corporation is L & C Lighting Group, Inc.
          SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article 1 thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:
               “FIRST: The name of the corporation is Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.”
          THIRD: The amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted and written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 9th day of November, 2001.
         
     
  /s/ Kenyon W. Murphy    
  Name:   Kenyon W. Murphy   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and General Counsel   
 

 

exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
         
        State of Delaware
        Secretary of State
        Division of Corporations
        Delivered 02:20 PM 01/29/2007
        FILED 02:19 PM 01/29/2007
        SRV 070096441 – 3409762 FILE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware Genera! Corporation Law, the undersigned Acuity Lighting Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) adopts the following Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation:
I.
     The name of the Corporation is Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.
II.
     This Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
III.
     The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting Article First in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
          “FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.”
IV.
     This Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective on February 1, 2007 at 12:01 a.m.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. this 29th day of January, 2007.
         
  ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Vernon J. Nagel    
  Name:  Vernon J. Nagel   
  Title:  Chairman   
 

 

exv3w4
Exhibit 3.4
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
BY-LAWS
(as adopted July 31, 2001)
(A Delaware Corporation)
1. OFFICES AND AGENT
     1.1 Registered Office and Agent. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be 2711 Centerville Road in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent in charge thereof is Corporation Service Company.
     1.2 Other Offices. In addition to its registered office within the State of Delaware, the Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require or make desirable.
2. STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
     2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at any place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if it fails to act, the Chairman of the Board, or if he or she fails to act, the President, and shall be stated in the notice of meeting or a duly executed waiver thereof.
     2.2 Quorum Adjournment. The holders of one-third of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law or by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (“Certificate of Incorporation”). If, however, a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is set, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
     2.3 Conduct of Meetings. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the

 


 

Board shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence or inability or refusal to act of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or if a Vice Chairman has not been elected, the President, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, inability or refusal to act, such person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
     2.4 Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.
     2.5 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the list of stockholders of the Corporation on the record date fixed as provided in these By-Laws, as amended from time to time (“By-Laws”). Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy signed by such stockholder or his or her attorney-in-fact bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at the meeting. Unless required by statute, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his or her proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
     2.6 List of Stockholders. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at each meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the number of voting shares held by each, shall be prepared by the Secretary at least ten days before every meeting. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
     2.7 Inspectors. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall, or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, appoint one or more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and

- 2 -


 

effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspector(s) shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.
     2.8 Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation (“Annual Meeting”) shall be held at such time and on such date as shall be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting. At such meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors as provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and shall transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
     2.9 Notice of Annual Meeting. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the date, place, and time of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the date of the meeting. Notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person (i) who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or (ii) who, either before or after the meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, an Annual Meeting need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
     2.10 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders (“Special Meetings”), for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or the holders of at least 25 percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at all Special Meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
     2.11 Notice of Special Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, written notice of a special meeting, stating the date, time, place, and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the date of the meeting. Notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person (i) who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or (ii) who, either before or after the

- 3 -


 

meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a Special Meeting need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
     2.12 Written Consent. Action required or permitted by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws to be taken by stockholders may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the stockholders entitled to vote on the action, or if so provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting shares having voting power to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all stockholders entitled to vote were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.
3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be done by the stockholders.
     3.2 Number, Qualification, Term of Office. The number of directors which constitute the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time, but shall in any event be not less than three nor more than fifteen. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding Annual Meeting unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors at the time the Board effects such decrease, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding Annual Meeting to the extent of the number of vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as provided in these By-Laws, directors shall be elected at the Annual Meeting or at a Special Meeting called for such purpose, and each director shall be elected to hold office until a successor shall be elected and qualify.
     3.3 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by resolution of the Board of Directors, any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal, or any other cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders. Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified.
     3.4 Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such

- 4 -


 

resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     3.5 Committees.
     (A) The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In addition, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she, or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
     (B) Except to the extent restricted by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.
     3.6 Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.
4. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
     4.1 Time and Place of Meetings. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of any meeting, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
     4.2 Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board, two-third of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. However, directors attending a meeting at which less than a quorum is present shall have the power to adjourn the meeting. Notice of the time and place of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to all of the directors unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, in which case such notice shall

- 5 -


 

only be given to the directors who were not present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
     4.3 Conduct of Meetings. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, inability or refusal to act, such person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
     4.4 Action by Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be.
     4.5 Telephonic Meeting. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, anyone or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.
5. OFFICERS
     5.1 Offices. The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include the following. Chairman of the Board; President; one or more Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors shall designate; Secretary; and Treasurer. The Secretary and the Treasurer may be the same person, and any Vice President may hold at the same time the office of Secretary and/or Treasurer. The Board may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. The Board may also elect from among its members a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board may elect such other officers as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.
     5.2 Designation of Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may designate either the Chairman of the Board or the President of the Corporation as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority over the business and affairs of the Corporation and over all other officers, agents and employees of the Corporation, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors.
     5.3 Designation of Chief Operating Officer. The Board of Directors may designate an officer of the Corporation as the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer, if designated, shall manage and operate the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer.

- 6 -


 

     5.4 Compensation. The salaries of all officers shall be fixed by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors.
     5.5 Tenure and Removal. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor is chosen and qualifies in his or her stead, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall have resigned or been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
     5.6 Resignations. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     5. 7 Vacancies. If the office of any officer becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, the Board of Directors may fill each such vacancy for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.
     5.8 Chairman of the Board.
     (A) The Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected from among the members of the Board, shall be an officer of the Corporation. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. The Chairman shall have such powers and duties as an officer of the Corporation as provided by these By-Laws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     (B) The Chairman may sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, documents and instruments, except where the signing thereof shall be expressly and exclusively delegated to some other officer or agent by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws, or required by law to be otherwise signed or executed.
     5.9 Vice Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected from among the members of the Board, shall, in the absence of the Chairman or in the event of the Chairman’s refusal or inability to act, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

- 7 -


 

     5.10 President.
     (A) The President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as are provided by these By-Laws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The President shall, in the Chairman’s absence, inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the Chairman, other than duties to be performed by the Vice Chairman (if one shall have been elected) as prescribed under or pursuant to these By-Laws. When so acting, the President shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chairman, including the powers and restrictions applicable to the Chief Executive Officer if the Chairman serves in that capacity.
     (B) The President may sign, execute, acknowledge, and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, documents and instruments, except where the signing thereof shall be expressly and exclusively delegated to some other officer or agent by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws or required by law to be otherwise signed or executed.
     5.11 Vice President.
     (A) Each Vice President shall have such powers and be required to perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
     (B) The Board of Directors may designate one or more of the Vice Presidents as the Executive Vice President. The Executive Vice President shall, in the President’s absence, inability or refusal to act, perform all of the duties of the President. When so acting, the Executive Vice President shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President, including the powers and restrictions applicable to the Chief Executive Officer if the President serves in that capacity.
     5.12 Secretary.
     (A) The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and shall record all votes and the minutes of all such proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall perform like duties for the committees of the Board upon request. He or she shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and shall affix and attest the seal to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by the Delaware General Corporation Code, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

- 8 -


 

     (B) The Assistant Secretary shall, in the Secretary’s absence, inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the Secretary, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
     5.13 Treasurer.
     (A) The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements, in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all corporate moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction.
     (B) The Treasurer shall receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever and shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers therefor, and shall render to the President and directors, at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all of his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of the Treasurer and such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
     (C) The Assistant Treasurer shall, in the Treasurer’s absence, inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the Treasurer and shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe
6. STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER THEREOF
     6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the President or the Executive Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.
     6.2 Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its record; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. Whenever any transfer of stock shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the

- 9 -


 

certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.
     6.3 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
     6.4 Record Date.
     (A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.
     (B) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     6.5 Lost Certificates. Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, in such manner and form as the Board of Directors may from time to time require, in order to obtain issuance of a new certificate in place thereof. The Board of Directors may, at its discretion and as a condition precedent to any such issuance, require any such person to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. Upon compliance with all requirements established by the Board of Directors for any

- 10 -


 

such issuance, a new certificate may be issued.
     6.6 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.
     6.7 Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.
     6.8 Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.
7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
     7.1 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “CORPORATE SEAL” and “DELAWARE.”
     7.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year shall end the last day of August in each year.
     7.3 Checks Notes Drafts Etc. All checks, drafts, or other demands for the payment of money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed, or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer or officers from time to time designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.
     7.4 Execution of Instruments. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
     7.5 Dividends and Reserves. Subject to the provisions of statute and the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation.
     7.6 Notice. Whenever under the provisions of these By-Laws written notice is required to be given to any director, officer, or stockholder, it shall not be construed to require personal notice, but unless otherwise provided by these By-Laws, such notice shall be deemed to have been given in writing when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder, officer or director at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
     7.7 Voting of Stock in Other Corporations. Unless otherwise provided by resolution

- 11 -


 

of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, may (or may appoint one or more attorneys or agents to) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation. In the event one or more attorneys or agents are appointed, the Chief Executive Officer may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent. The Chief Executive Officer may, or may instruct the attorneys or agents appointed to, execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the circumstances.
     7.8 Indemnification.
     (A) Each person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in paragraph (B) hereof with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so

- 12 -


 

advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall arise only with respect to conduct subsequent to the date this Article becomes effective.
     (B) If a claim under paragraph (A) of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
     (C) The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors, or otherwise.
     (D) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
     (E) The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

- 13 -


 

     7.9 Amendments. These By-Laws may be adopted, amended, or repealed (i) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall require a vote of a greater number, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of stockholders if notice of the proposed amendment is contained in the notice of the meeting or waived by all of the stockholders entitled to vote.

- 14 -

exv3w8
Exhibit 3.8
         
        Control No: 07079433
        Date Filed: 09/20/2007 06:58 PM
        Karen C Handel
        Secretary of State
September 20, 2007
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
FOR GEORGIA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
The name of the Limited Liability Company Is:
ABL IP Holding LLC
The principal mailing address of the Limited Liability Company Is:
1170 Peachtree Street, Suite 2400
Atlanta, GA 30309
The Registered Agent is:
CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY
40 TECHNOLOGY PARKWAY SOUTH #300
NORCROSS, GA 30092
County:
The name and address of each organizer(s) are:
Gregory S. Bianchi
King & Spalding LLP, 1180
Peachtree Street
Atlanta, GA 30309
The optional provisions are:
The management of the limited liability company is vested in one or more managers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Organization on the date set forth below.
     
Signature(s):   Date:
Organizer, Gregory S. Bianchi
  September 20, 2007
Certification#: 4718812-1 Page 2 of 2

exv3w9
Exhibit 3.9
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF ABL IP HOLDING, LLC
     This OPERATING AGREEMENT OF ABL IP HOLDING LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Company”) is entered into, effective as of September 20, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by Acuity Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Sole Member”).
     WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) pursuant to Articles of Organization that were filed on September 20, 2007 with the Secretary of State of Georgia; and
     WHEREAS, the Sole Member is the sole member of the Company and desires for this Agreement to constitute the Operating Agreement of the Company as contemplated by Section 14-11-101(18) of the Act.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereto and other good and valuable consideration, the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized words and phrases used herein have the following meanings:
     “Act” has the meaning specified in the recitals.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person, (b) any officer, director, or employee of such Person, or (c) any Person who is an officer, director, or employee of any Person described in clause (a) of this definition.
     “Agreement” means this Operating Agreement, as amended from time to time. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and “hereunder,” refer to this Operating Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.
     “Articles” means the Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended from time to time.
     “Board of Managers” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 hereof.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
     “Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble.
     “Liquidating Events” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.
     “Manager” means any person serving as a member of the Board of Managers.

 


 

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or other entity.
     “Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations, including Temporary Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
     “Sole Member” has the meaning specified in the preamble.
SECTION 2
FORMATION
     2.1 Formation. The Articles were filed with the Georgia Secretary of State on September 20, 2007.
     2.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be ABL IP Holding LLC, and all business of the Company shall be conducted in such name or in any other name or names that are selected by the Manager.
     2.3 Term. The Company shall continue until dissolved under Section 5.
SECTION 3
MANAGEMENT
     3.1 Management
          (a) Management of the business and affairs of the Company shall be vested in the board of managers (the “Board of Managers”). Barry R. Goldman, Jeremy M. Quick and C. Dan Smith, Jr. shall be the initial members of the Board of Managers (the “Managers”). The Board of Managers shall have the right and authority to manage the affairs of the Company and to make all decisions with respect thereto. Any or all of the Managers may be removed by the Sole Member at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. In the event of the resignation or removal of any or all of the Managers, a successor Manager or Managers shall be appointed by the Sole Member.
          (b) The Sole Member shall not have authority to bind or take action on behalf of the Company, except as authorized by the Board of Managers or as expressly provided in this Agreement.
     3.2 Officers and Agents. The Board of Managers may appoint, remove and replace such officers and other agents for the Company, with such titles, power and authority, authorization and duties, as the Board of Managers deem to be appropriate. Unless the Board of Managers decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Georgia Business Corporation Code, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific delegation of authority and duties made to such officer by the Board of Managers. The initial officers of the Company shall be those individuals set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

-2-


 

     3.3 Duties. In lieu of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) imposed on any Person managing the business and affairs of the Company, by the Act or otherwise at law or in equity, the sole duty of any Person in connection with managing the business and affairs of the Company shall be to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and no such Person shall have or incur any liability to the Company or to the Sole Member in connection with managing the business and affairs of the Company, except for (a) liability for breach of this Agreement, and (b) liabilities that the Act does not permit this Agreement to eliminate.
     3.4 Indemnification.
          (a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Act:
               (i) The Company (and any receiver, liquidator, or trustee of, or successor to, the Company) shall indemnify and hold harmless each member, Manager, and officer of the Company and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, and agents from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, proceedings, costs, expenses, and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of defense, appeal, and settlement of any and all suits, actions, and proceedings and all costs of investigation in connection therewith) that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against a member, Manager, or an officer of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, or agents in any way relating to or arising out of, or alleged to relate to or arise out of, any action, inaction, or omission on the part of a member, Manager, or an officer of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees or agents in connection with managing the Company’s business and affairs, by reason of being a member or otherwise acting pursuant hereto; provided that the indemnification obligations in this Section 3.4 shall not apply to the portion of any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, cost, expense, or disbursement that results from a breach of this Agreement.
               (ii) The Company shall pay expenses as they are incurred by each member, Manager, and officer of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, or agents in connection with any action, claim, or proceeding that the member, Manager, officer, Affiliate, employee or agent asserts in good faith to be subject to the indemnification obligations set forth herein, upon receipt of an undertaking from the member, Manager, officer, Affiliate, employee, or agent to repay all amounts so paid by the Company to the extent that it is finally determined that the member, Manager, officer, Affiliate, employee, or agent is not entitled to be indemnified therefor under the terms hereof.
          (b) The indemnification to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be paid only from the assets of the Company, and no member shall have any personal obligation, or any obligation to make any capital contribution, with respect thereto.
     3.5 Tax Status. The Sole Member intends that the Company be disregarded as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Regulation Section 301.7701-3. Accordingly, no election to the contrary shall be filed by or on behalf of the Company and all

-3-


 

income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company shall be reported by the Sole Member on its federal income tax returns.
SECTION 4
CERTAIN FINANCIAL MATTERS
     4.1 Capital Contributions. The Sole Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions or loans to the Company, whether in connection with a Liquidating Event (as hereinafter defined) or otherwise.
     4.2 Ownership. The Sole Member owns all of the membership interests of the Company.
SECTION 5
DISSOLUTION
     5.1 Liquidating Events. The Company shall dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating upon, and only upon, the first to occur of the following events (“Liquidating Events”):
          (a) the approval by the Sole Member and, if applicable, all other members to dissolve, wind up and liquidate the Company; or
          (b) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 14-11-603 (a) of the Act.
     5.2 Winding Up.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Company shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and the Sole Member. The Board of Managers shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company.
          (b) The assets of the Company shall be liquidated only to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Board of Managers and the proceeds thereof, together with such assets as the Board of Managers determines (notwithstanding Section 14-11-406(2) of the Act) to distribute in kind, shall be applied and distributed in the following order:
               (i) First, to creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or by making of reasonable provision for payment); and
               (ii) Thereafter, the balance, if any, to the Sole Member.
     5.3 Certificate of Termination. Upon the dissolution and the completion of winding up of the Company, the Sole Member shall promptly execute and cause to be filed a certificate of termination in accordance with the Act.

-4-


 

SECTION 6
MISCELLANEOUS
     6.1 Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement and to the Articles may be adopted by the Sole Member.
     6.2 Headings. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
     6.3 Severability. Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder of this Agreement.
     6.4 Incorporation by Reference. Every Exhibit referred to herein is hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference.
     6.5 Further Action. The Sole Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge, and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary, appropriate, or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.
     6.6 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity of this Agreement and the construction of its terms (without regard to its rules of conflicts of laws). To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent with the Act, this Agreement shall govern (to the maximum extent permitted by the Act).
* * *

-5-


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement on this __th day of September, 2007.
         
  ACUITY BRANDS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kenyon W. Murphy    
  Name:  Kenyon W. Murphy   
  Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
Initial Officers
     
Name                                      Office(s)
Vernon J. Nagel
  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
Richard K. Reece
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Jeremy M. Quick
  Executive Vice President
 
   
John T. Hartman
  Executive Vice President
 
   
Barry R. Goldman
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel
 
   
C. Dan Smith, Jr.
  Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary

 

exv4w1
EXECUTION VERSION
Exhibit 4.1
 
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
as Issuer,
ACUITY BRANDS, INC.,
as Parent Guarantor,
ABL IP HOLDING LLC,
as a Guarantor,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 8, 2009
 
 


 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through
318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
         
Trust Indenture Act       Indenture
Section       Section
310(a)(1)
      7.7; 7.8; 7.9  
(a)(2)
      7.9 
(a)(3)
      N.A. 
(a)(4)
      N.A. 
(b)
      7.7; 7.9  
(c)
      N.A. 
311(a)
      7.11 
(b)
      7.11 
(c)
      N.A. 
312(a)
      2.5 
(b)
      11.3 
(c)
      11.3 
313(a)
      7.10 
(b)(1)
      N.A. 
(b)(2)
      7.10 
(c)
      7.10 
(d)
      7.10 
314(a)
      4.4; 4.6; 11.4 
(b)
      N.A. 
(c)(1)
      11.4 
(c)(2)
      11.4 
(c)(3)
      N.A. 
(d)
      N.A. 
(e)
      11.4 
(f)
      4.4 
315(a)
      7.1 
(b)
      7.5 
(c)
      7.1 
(d)
      7.1 
(e)
      6.14 
316(a)(last sentence)
      11.6 
(a)(1)(A)
      6.12 
(a)(1)(B)
      6.13 
(a)(2)
      N.A. 
(b)
      6.8 
(c)
      N.A 
317(a)(1)
      6.3 
(a)(2)
      6.4 
(b)
      2.4 
318(a)
      11.1 
 
  N.A. means Not Applicable.    
 
Note:   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
 -i- 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.1. Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions
    6  
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE II THE NOTES
    8  
 
       
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating
    8  
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication
    12  
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent
    13  
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    14  
SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists
    14  
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange
    14  
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A
    19  
SECTION 2.8. Business Days
    19  
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes
    19  
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes
    19  
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes
    19  
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
    20  
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest
    20  
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc
    20  
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
    21  
SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION; CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER
    21  
 
       
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee
    21  
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
    22  
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption
    22  
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption
    23  
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price
    23  
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part
    23  
SECTION 3.7. Change of Control Offer
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS
    24  
 
       
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes
    24  
SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens
    24  
SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
    26  
SECTION 4.4. Statement by Officers as to Default
    27  
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    27  
SECTION 4.6. Reporting
    27  
SECTION 4.7. Existence
    28  
SECTION 4.8. Additional Interest Notice
    28  
 -ii- 


 

 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE V MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS
    28  
 
       
SECTION 5.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms
    28  
SECTION 5.2. Successor Person Substituted for the Company
    29  
SECTION 5.3. Parent Guarantor Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms
    29  
SECTION 5.4. Successor Person Substituted for the Parent Guarantor
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    30  
 
       
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default
    30  
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
    31  
SECTION 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
    32  
SECTION 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    33  
SECTION 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
    33  
SECTION 6.6. Application of Money Collected
    33  
SECTION 6.7. Limitation on Suits
    34  
SECTION 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
    34  
SECTION 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    34  
SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    35  
SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    35  
SECTION 6.12. Control By Holders
    35  
SECTION 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults
    35  
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs
    36  
SECTION 6.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE
    36  
 
       
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee
    36  
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee
    37  
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
    39  
SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    39  
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults
    39  
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity
    39  
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee
    40  
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger
    41  
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification
    42  
SECTION 7.10. Reports by Trustee
    42  
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
    42  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
    42  
 
       
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
    42  
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance
    43  
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money
    45  
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company
    45  
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations
    45  
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement
    45  
 -iii- 


 

 

         
    Page
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS
    46  
 
SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders
    46  
SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders
    47  
SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures
    48  
SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures
    48  
SECTION 9.5. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
    48  
 
       
ARTICLE X GUARANTEES
    48  
 
       
SECTION 10.1. Guarantees
    48  
SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation
    50  
SECTION 10.3. Consideration
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
    50  
 
       
SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls
    50  
SECTION 11.2. Notices
    50  
SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders
    51  
SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    51  
SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    51  
SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded
    52  
SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
    52  
SECTION 11.8. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
    52  
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others
    52  
SECTION 11.10. Successors
    52  
SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals
    53  
SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents; Headings
    53  
SECTION 11.13. U.S.A. Patriot Act
    53  
 
       
Exhibit A — Form of Initial Note
       
Exhibit B — Form of Exchange Note
       
Exhibit C — Form of Regulation S Certificate
       
Exhibit D — Form of Rule 144A Certificate
       
Exhibit E — Election Form for Change of Control Offer
       
Exhibit F — Form of Incumbency Certificate
       
 -iv- 


 

 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 8, 2009 among ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), ACUITY BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (the “Parent Guarantor”), ABL IP HOLDING LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, as guarantor (“ABL IP Holding” and, together with the Parent Guarantor, the “Guarantors”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).
          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of Holders of the Company’s 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Initial Notes”) and, if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company’s 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “Notes”):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
          SECTION 1.1. Definitions.
          “ABL IP Holding” means the Person named as “ABL IP Holding” in the preamble to this Indenture and its successors and assigns.
          “Additional Interest” means any additional interest then due and payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Additional Notes” means the Notes issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9, 2.11 or 3.6 of this Indenture).
          “Attributable Debt” means, with respect to a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, at the time of determination, the present value of the total net amount of rent (for the avoidance of doubt “net amount of rent” excludes amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, reconstruction insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates and similar charges and contingent rates, such as those based on sales) required to be paid under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including any period for which such lease has been extended), discounted at the rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease (or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture) compounded semi-annually. In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount shall be the lesser of (x) the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall not include any rent that would be required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no such termination.


 

 

 2 
          “Board of Directors” or “Board” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors.
          “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banking institutions in New York City are not required or authorized by law or executive order to close.
          “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
          “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, the “Company” shall mean such successor Person.
          “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date on which the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary effects a transaction requiring such Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be measured hereunder, the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves) after deducting therefrom: (i) all current liabilities, except for current maturities of long-term debt and obligations under capital leases; and (ii) intangible assets (including goodwill), to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
          “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered; which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 7000 Central Parkway, Suite 550, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Trust Services or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders.
          “Debt” means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; and (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments.
          “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
          “Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.


 

3

          “Funded Debt” means all Debt (including Debt incurred under any revolving credit, letter of credit or working capital facility) that matures by its terms, or that is renewable at the option of any obligor thereon to a date, more than one year after the date on which such Debt is originally incurred.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States from time to time.
          “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt of such other Person or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a correlative meaning.
          “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture.
          “Guarantor” means the Persons named as the “Guarantors” in the preamble to this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.
          “Hedging Obligations” means: (i) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; (iii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices; and (iv) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in equity prices.
          “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
          “Initial Purchasers” means the Initial Purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement.
          “Issue Date” means December 8, 2009.
          “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind.
          “Make-Whole Amount” has the meaning specified in the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto.


 

4

          “Maturity” means, with respect to any Note, the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided herein or therein, whether at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise (including, any Change of Control Payment Date as to Notes to be repurchased at the option of the holder thereof in connection with any Change of Control Offer).
          “Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated December 1, 2009, relating to the Notes.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Controller, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Company, as applicable.
          “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company. The counsel may be an employee of the Company.
          “Notes” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
          “Parent Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Parent Guarantor” in the preamble to this Indenture and it successors and assigns.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “principal” means the principal of the Notes plus premium, if any, on the Notes, which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
          “Principal Property” means any manufacturing plant or facility located within the United States of America (other than its territories or possessions) owned by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary which in the good faith opinion of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors, is of material importance to the total business conducted by the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole.
          “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2009 among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
          “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2009, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to


 

5

any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to registration of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (1) substantially all the property of which is located, or substantially all the business of which is carried on, within the United States of America (not including its territories and possessions) and (2) that owns a Principal Property; provided that the term “Restricted Subsidiary” shall not include any Subsidiary that is principally engaged in financing the operations of the Parent Guarantor, or its Subsidiaries, or both, outside of the United States of America.
          “Restricted Period” means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (1) the day on which the Initial Notes first are offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (2) the Issue Date or the date on which any Additional Notes are originally issued in the form of Initial Notes, as the case may be.
          “Restrictive Notes Legend” means the Restrictive Legend set forth in clause (A) of Section 2.1(c) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(c), as applicable.
          “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person.
          “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
          “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
          “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Note, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such Note is due and payable (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of any Note at the option of the holder thereof upon a Change of Control Payment Date unless the holder thereof has exercised its option to have such Note repurchased).
          “Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other similar type of business entity in which the Parent Guarantor and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries together own more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the


 

6

election of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of such corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other similar type of business entity, directly or indirectly.
          “Trust Indenture Act” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.
          “Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “Trustee” means the Person named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor.
          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option.
          SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.
         
    Defined in
Term
  Section
“Affiliate”
    11.6  
“Agent Members”
    2.1 (d)
“Applicable Procedures”
    2.6 (a)
“Authenticating Agent”
    2.2  
“Change of Control Offer”
    3.7  
“Change of Control Payment”
    3.7  
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    3.7  
“Company Order”
    2.2  
“covenant defeasance option”
    8.1 (b)
“Definitive Notes”
    2.1 (e)
“Event of Default”
    6.1  
“Exchange Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Global Notes”
    2.1 (a)
“legal defeasance option”
    8.1 (b)
“Obligations”
    10.1  
“Paying Agent”
    2.3  


 

7

         
    Defined in
Term
  Section
“QIBs”
    2.1 (a)
“Registrar”
    2.3  
“Regulation S”
    2.1 (a)
“Regulation S Certificate”
    2.6 (a)
“Regulation S Legend”
    2.1 (c)
“Regulation S Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Regulation S Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”
    2.1 (c)
“Restrictive Legend”
    2.1 (c)
“Rule 144A”
    2.1 (a)
“Rule 144A Certificate”
    2.6 (b)
“Rule 144A Global Note”
    2.1 (a)
“Rule 144A Note”
    2.1 (a)
          SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “including” means including (without limitation);
     (4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
     (5) all references to (a) Initial Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Initial Notes and (b) Exchange Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued in the form of Exchange Notes, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.15;
     (6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be;
     (7) as set forth in the definition of “principal” in Section 1.1, all references to “premium, if any” shall be deemed to include, to the extent applicable, (i) any premium payable in respect of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or (ii) any Make-Whole Amount payable in respect of the Notes, in each case unless the context otherwise requires. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, this Indenture and the form of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B make specific references from time to time of premium, if any, to emphasize the application thereto of certain provisions of this Indenture to the Notes; and


 

8

     (8) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this Indenture unless otherwise so indicated.
ARTICLE II
The Notes
          SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating.
          (a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes shall be resold initially by the Initial Purchasers only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) in reliance on Rule 144A (“QIBs”) and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”)) in reliance on Regulation S. The Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and other purchasers in reliance on Rule 144A, Regulation S or another exemption under the Securities Act in accordance with the procedures described herein. The Initial Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.
          Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (each, a “Rule 144A Note” and collectively, the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (each, a “Regulation S Note” and, collectively, the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “Regulation S Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Note and a Regulation S Note shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is incorporated by reference and made a part


 

9

of this Indenture, including the appropriate legend as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the “Exchange Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”
          The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register or (ii) upon written request of any Holder of at least $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes, wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained and specified by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (and premium, if any) and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.
          (b) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (c) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,
          (A) the Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “Restrictive Legend”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, THE PARENT GUARANTOR OR ABL IP HOLDING, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE


 

10

ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $500,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”
          (B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof:
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”
          (C) The Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:


 

11

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.”
          (d) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.
          (ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          (iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
          (iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
          (v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(e), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to


 

12

the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
          (vi) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
          (e) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive certificated Notes (“Definitive Notes”). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (b) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.
          (ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.
          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000, (2) any Additional Notes for original issue from time to time after the Issue Date in such principal amounts as set forth in Section 2.15 and (3) any Exchange Notes for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (a “Company Order”). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be


 

13

authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes (other than Additional Notes) which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $350,000,000. Additionally, the Company may from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Holders, issue such additional principal amounts of Additional Notes as may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph, and Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 3.6, Section 9.5 and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.
          The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
          In case the Company, pursuant to Article V, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto (if not otherwise a party to the Indenture) with the Trustee pursuant to Article V, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person (if other than the Company) pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person (if other than the Company), at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
          SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any such additional paying agent. The Company may change the Registrar or appoint one or more co-Registrars without notice.
          In the event the Company shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent hereunder, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as


 

14

such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.6. The Company shall be responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it. Either the Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Company also initially appoints the Trustee as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
          SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If either of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
          SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.
          SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes (other than Section 2.1(e) hereof), transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds specified in this Section 2.6 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.6.
          (a) Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(a), and subject to the Applicable Procedures (as defined below). Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member’s account


 

15

and (B) a Regulation S Certificate (a “Regulation S Certificate”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6. “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or their successors or assigns, in each case, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
          (b) Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(b) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member’s account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, a Rule 144A Certificate (a “Rule 144A Certificate”), the form of which is set forth in Exhibit D hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (c) Rule 144A Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note. If the holder of a Rule 144A Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(c) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and (B) a Rule 144A Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or a Regulation S Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, in either case, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (d) Regulation S Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note. If the holder of a Regulation S Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) and subject to the


 

16

Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Member’s account and (B) if the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period and the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, a Rule 144A Certificate satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
          (e) Non-Global Note to Non-Global Note. A Note that is not a Global Note may be transferred, in whole or in part, to a person who takes delivery in the form of another Note that is not a Global Note in accordance with Section 2.3; provided, that if the Note to be transferred in whole or in part is (I) a Rule 144A Note or (II) a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, then, in each case, the Trustee, as Registrar, shall have received (A) a Rule 144A Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note, or (B) a Regulation S Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)).
          (f) Exchange between Global Note and Non-Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in Section 2.1(e); provided, that if such interest is a beneficial interest in (I) the Rule 144A Global Note or (II) the Regulation S Global Note and such exchange is to occur during the Restricted Period, then, in each case, such interest shall be exchanged for a Rule 144A Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)). A Note that is not a Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note only if (A) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer effected in accordance with Section 2.6(c) or (d) herein or (B) such Note is a Regulation S Note and such exchange occurs after the Restricted Period.
          (g) Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restrictive Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.
          (h) Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period.
          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have


 

17

the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
          (i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.6 or 9.5).
          (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.
          (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          (v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(c).
          (vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall be the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
          (vii) All certificates, certifications and opinions of counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar or any co-registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect any transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile transmission, with the original to follow by first class mail or hand delivery.
          (j) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person in respect of any aspect of the records, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records, relating to beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, with respect to the


 

18

accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee and the Company may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
          (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
          (k) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or to another nominee of DTC, or by the DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of such successor depositary.
          Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC or any successor depositary.
          (l) Accrual of Interest on the Exchange Note; Exchange of Exchange Notes.
          (i) Interest on any Exchange Note shall accrue from the dates provided in Exhibit B.
          (ii) Subject to Section 2.1(e), upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Exchange Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes or Additional Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (w) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (x) at the time of the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (y) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantors and (z) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes that were acquired as a result of market-


 

19

making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a prospectus relating to the Exchange Notes (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus relating to the Exchange Notes to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes and/or Additional Notes in the form of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly.
          SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A. Attached hereto as Exhibit C and Exhibit D are forms of certificates to be delivered in connection with transfers pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A, respectively.
          SECTION 2.8. Business Days. If a payment date is on a date that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is on a day that is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.
          SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the Company and the Trustee with evidence to their satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
          SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled, those delivered for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal (and premium, if any) and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
          SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the


 

20

Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.
          SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or cancellation and, upon the request of the Company, deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Company from issuing any Additional Notes, or any Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its then customary practices and procedures. The Trustee shall provide to the Company a list of all Notes that have been cancelled from time to time as requested in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this
          SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers and/or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers and/or other similar numbers.


 

21

          SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company shall be entitled to issue, from time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor (in each case, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto), as the case may be.
          With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
          (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
          (ii) the issue price, the issue date and the “CUSIP” and “ISIN” number of any such Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto;
          (iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to this Indenture; and
          (iv) if applicable, the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the Restricted Period for such Additional Notes.
          SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall together be deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture.
ARTICLE III
Redemption; Change of Control Offer
          SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, pursuant to the “Optional Redemption” provisions on the reverse of the form of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.
          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date selected for redemption by the Company.


 

22

          SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Notes then outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be fair and appropriate in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
          SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of the Notes, as the case may be, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
          (1) the redemption date;
          (2) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of accrued interest to be paid, if any;
          (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
          (4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;
          (5) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the Bond No. (if certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
          (6) that, unless the Company and the Guarantors default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portions thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any condition to such redemption;
          (7) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and
          (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
          At the Company’s written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at least 15 days (or such shorter period as shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior the date on which notice is required to be sent to Holders. The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder


 

23

receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes.
          SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption. A notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes as specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). Upon surrender to the Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided, that the Company shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption; provided further that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
          SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent or the Trustee (or, if the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and have been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Company. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent or the Trustee by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.
          Unless the Company and the Guarantors default in the payment of such redemption price, interest on the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.
          SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the Company’s expense) a new Note, equal in a principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          SECTION 3.7. Change of Control Offer. If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company shall have exercised its option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Article III, the Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer and, to the extent Notes are tendered pursuant to such Offer, repurchase such Notes by making the Change


 

24

of Control Payment in respect of such Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date, all as set forth in the “Change of Control Offer” provisions of the reverse of the forms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B.
ARTICLE IV
Covenants
          SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes. The Company covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or, if the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal (and premium, if any) and interest then due.
          The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.13.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from principal or interest payments hereunder.
          SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens. The Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, incur, create, assume or guarantee any Debt secured by a Lien upon a Principal Property or upon any Capital Stock or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently with the issuance, incurrence, creation, assumption or guaranty of any such secured Debt, or the grant of such Lien, that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at the option of the Parent Guarantor, prior to) such secured Debt. The foregoing restriction, however, will not apply to any of the following:
          (a) Liens existing on the Issue Date or provided for under the terms of agreements existing on the Issue Date;
          (b) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, securing Debt of such Person; provided such Debt was not incurred in connection with such Person or entity becoming a Subsidiary and such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than those of the Person becoming a Subsidiary;


 

25

          (c) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of the merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance, other disposition or other such transaction by which such Person was merged into or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (d) Liens on property or assets securing (i) all or any portion of the cost of acquiring, constructing, altering, developing, expanding, improving or repairing any property or assets, real or personal, or improvements used or to be used in connection with the property of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Debt incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide funds for the activities set forth in clause (d)(i) above;
          (e) Liens in favor of the Parent Guarantor or one or more Restricted Subsidiary;
          (f) Liens on any property or assets securing (i) Debt incurred in connection with the construction, installation or financing of pollution control or abatement facilities or other form of industrial revenue bond financing or (ii) Debt issued or guaranteed by the United States or any State thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of either;
          (g) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the Parent Guarantor’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s books in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;
          (h) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not more than 60 days past due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
          (i) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
          (j) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;
          (k) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not in any material way affect the marketability of the same or interfere with the use thereof in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (l) Liens arising under operating agreements or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;


 

26

          (m) Liens on personal property (excluding the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary) securing Debt of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Funded Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business;
          (n) Liens which secure a judgment or other court-ordered award or settlement as to which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has not exhausted its appellate rights;
          (o) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations; and
          (p) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in any of clauses (a) to (o) above, so long as such Lien is limited to all or part of substantially the same property which secured the Lien extended, renewed or replaced, and the amount of Debt secured is not increased (other than by the amount equal to any costs and expenses (including any premium, fees or penalties) incurred in connection with any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding).
          Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to incur Debt, secured by Liens otherwise prohibited by Section 4.2, which, together with the value of Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction permitted pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 4.3, do not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the date of incurrence of the Lien.
          SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, other than any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction involving a lease for a term of not more than three years or any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction between the Parent Guarantor and one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or between the Restricted Subsidiaries, unless:
          (a) the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Debt secured by a Lien on the Principal Property involved in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof; or
          (b) the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value of the affected Principal Property (as determined in good faith by the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors) and the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount equal to the net proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction within 12 months of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to any (or a combination) of:
          (i) the prepayment or retirement of the Notes;
          (ii) the prepayment, retirement or defeasance (other than any mandatory retirement, mandatory prepayment or sinking fund payment or by payment at maturity) of other Debt of the Parent Guarantor or of one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than


 

27

Debt that is subordinated to the Notes or Debt owed to the Parent Guarantor or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries) that matures more than 12 months after its creation; or
          (iii) the acquisition, construction, alteration, development, expansion, improvement or repair of other property used or to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that for purposes of this clause (b)(iii), any amounts expended to acquire, construct, alter, develop, expand, improve or repair such other property during the six months preceding such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction may also be applied as a credit against the net proceeds from the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
          Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions otherwise prohibited by Section 4.3, which, together with all Debt outstanding pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 4.2, do not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the closing date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
          SECTION 4.4. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, on or before December 15 of each calendar year or on or before such other day in each calendar year as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree upon, an Officer’s Certificate (which shall be signed by one of the principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer of the Company), stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signers thereof, the Company or any of the Guarantors is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company or any of the Guarantors shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. In addition, when any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after the occurrence thereof by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action or inaction, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
          SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company shall give prior written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.2.
          SECTION 4.6. Reporting. The Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall furnish the Trustee any document or report the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 15 days after such document or report is filed with the SEC. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).


 

28

          SECTION 4.7. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or other Person.
          SECTION 4.8. Additional Interest Notice. In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.
ARTICLE V
Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets
          SECTION 5.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a) The Company shall not merge into or consolidate with any other Person or Persons or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or Persons, unless:
          (i) the successor Person is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
          (ii) the successor Person expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company’s obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
          (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
          (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the conditions precedent in Section 5.1(a)(i) relating to such transaction have been complied with.
          (b) The restrictions in Sections 5.1(a) hereof shall not be applicable to


 

29

          (i) the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the Company with an affiliate of the Company if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the state of incorporation of the Company or convert the form of organization of the Company to another form; or
          (ii) the merger of the Company with or into a single direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor provision) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or similar provision of the Company’s state of incorporation).
          SECTION 5.2. Successor Person Substituted for the Company. Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 5.1(a), the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be released of all obligations to pay principal and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
          SECTION 5.3. Parent Guarantor Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a) The Parent Guarantor shall not merge into or consolidate with any other Person or Persons or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or Persons, unless:
          (i) the successor Person is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
          (ii) the successor Person expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Parent Guarantor’s obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Parent Guarantor to be performed or observed;
          (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
          (iv) the Parent Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
          (b) The restrictions in Sections 5.3(a) hereof shall not be applicable to:


 

30

          (i) the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor with an affiliate of the Parent Guarantor if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the state of incorporation of the Parent Guarantor or convert the form of organization of the Parent Guarantor to another form; or
          (ii) the merger of the Parent Guarantor with or into a single direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor provision) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or similar provision of the Parent Guarantor’s state of incorporation).
          SECTION 5.4. Successor Person Substituted for the Parent Guarantor. Upon any consolidation of the Parent Guarantor with, or merger of the Parent Guarantor into, any other Person or any sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 5.3, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Parent Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Parent Guarantor under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Parent Guarantor herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be released of all obligations to pay principal and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
          SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. “Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Notes, as the case may be, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
          (1) the failure to pay interest on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable, and the Default continues for a period of 30 days;
          (2) the failure to pay the principal (or premium, if any) of the Notes, when such principal (or premium, if any) becomes due and payable, at Maturity, upon acceleration, upon redemption or otherwise;
          (3) a Default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, and the Default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the Default (and demanding that such Default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;
          (4) failure to pay at maturity, or upon acceleration of, any Debt of the Parent Guarantor, the Company and/or any other Significant Subsidiary at any one time


 

31

in an amount in excess of $50.0 million, if the Debt is not discharged or the acceleration is not annulled within 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; or
          (5) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of their property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
          (6) the commencement by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by any of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary, or the filing by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the authorization of any such action by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary.
          SECTION 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
          (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or Section 6.1(6)) with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of all the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantors (and to the


 

32

Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or (6) occurs and is continuing, the principal of all Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
          (b) At any time after such an acceleration with respect to Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
          (1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
          (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration;
          (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and
          (4) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances.
     No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          SECTION 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. (a) The Company covenants that if:
          (1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
          (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Note at the Stated Maturity thereof,
the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
          (b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any of the Guarantors and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or the Guarantors.


 

33

          (c) If an Event of Default with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
          SECTION 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
          (a) In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any of the Guarantors, its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6.
          (b) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.
          SECTION 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
          SECTION 6.6. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
          First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6;
     Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which


 

34

such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and
     Third: To the payment of the balance, if any, to the Company, the Guarantors or any other Person or Persons legally entitled thereto.
          SECTION 6.7. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
          (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes;
          (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
          (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
          (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
          (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, considered as one class, it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.
          SECTION 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if applicable, on the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
          SECTION 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any


 

35

determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
          SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
          SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
          SECTION 6.12. Control By Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Notes; provided that:
          (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture;
          (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and
          (3) such direction is not unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes not joining in that action.
          If an Event of Default is continuing with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all the outstanding Notes, considered as one class, shall have the right to make such direction, and not the Holders of Notes.
          SECTION 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:
          (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or
          (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.


 

36

          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs, including legal fees and expenses of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant; provided that this Section 6.14 shall not be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in (1) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (2) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (3) any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if applicable, on or after the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date).
          SECTION 6.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE VII
Trustee
          SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee.
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and


 

37

conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (i) this subsection does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b) or 7.1(e);
          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.12.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed in writing among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other money or property except to the extent required by law.
          (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
          (f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, where applicable.
          (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
          The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated herein shall not be construed as duty on the part of the Trustee.
          SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee.

 


 

38
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder either directly through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the Notes.
          (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities as Registrar and Paying Agent, as the case may be, hereunder.
          (i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and


 

39

each Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company or such Guarantor and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (j) The Trustee may request that the Company or any of the Guarantors deliver a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
          (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
          SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company and the Guarantors with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9.
          SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, adequacy or priority of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or the Guarantors in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of Noteholders.
          SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and each of the Guarantors, severally and jointly, covenant and agree to pay to the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such compensation for its services as the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company or one of the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the


 

40

reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company and the Guarantors reasonable notice of any material expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Company and each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and any predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (other than taxes applicable to the Trustee’s compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Company and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Company and each of the Guarantors of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Company or the Guarantors have been prejudiced by such failure. The Company and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts and/or issues surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Company or one of the Guarantors, the Company and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate counsel to the Trustee. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
          To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.6, the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on particular Notes.
          The Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall survive the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any bankruptcy law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or (6) with respect to the Company or the Guarantors, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under bankruptcy law.
          SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
          (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9;
          (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
          (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or


 

41

          (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company and the Company shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under Section 7.6 of the Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.


 

42

          SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met.
          Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          SECTION 7.10. Reports by Trustee.
          (a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within sixty days after each May 15 following the date of the initial issuance of Notes under this Indenture deliver to Holders a brief report, dated as of such May 15, which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          (b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
          SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
          SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. Subject to Section 8.1(c), the Company and the Guarantors may terminate their obligations under this Indenture, when:
          (1) Either:
  (a)   all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
  (b)   all the Notes issued that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and


 

43

      payable at their Stated Maturity within one year (“discharge”) or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, and the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee sufficient funds to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes to pay principal (and premium, if any), interest and any additional amounts;
          (2) The Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture; and
     (3) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been compiled with.
          (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company or any of the Guarantors at any time may terminate (i) all of their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture relating thereto (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6, 5.1 and 5.3 and the operation of Sections 6.1(3) and (4) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company and any of the Guarantors may exercise the legal defeasance option notwithstanding a prior exercise of the covenant defeasance option.
     If the Company or any of the Guarantors exercises the legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises the covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(ii) above) or 6.1(4).
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.
          (c) Notwithstanding Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.9, 2.11, 4.1, 4.5, Article VII, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s and the Trustee’s obligations in Sections 7.6, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.
          SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:
          (i) the Company or the Guarantors irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders:
  (a)   money in dollars or in such foreign currency in which the notes are payable in at stated maturity;


 

44

  (b)   non-callable U.S. Government Obligations; or
 
  (c)   a combination of money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations,
in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the outstanding Notes on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of the Notes.
          (ii) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company and the Guarantors have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
          (iii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and
          (iv) no Event of Default or event with which notice of lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing at the time of such deposit;
          (v) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ securities;
          (vi) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantors are a party, or by which the Company or the Guarantors are bound;
          (vii) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not cause any securities listed on any registered national stock exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;
          (viii) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will be effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or the Guarantors in connection therewith; and


 

45

          (ix) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.
          Before or after a deposit, the Company or any of the Guarantors may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of any Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.
          SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes.
          SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company or the Guarantors upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company or the Guarantors upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company or the Guarantors for payment as general creditors.
          Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested and without any liability for interest.
          SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company or any of the Guarantors shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holder’s account.
          SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture relating thereto shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) if the Company or any of the Guarantors has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Company or


 

46

the Guarantors promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
          SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto without the consent of any Holder for any of the following purposes:
          (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
          (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
          (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
          (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;
          (v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantees to any provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as the case may be, contained in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes;
          (vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof;
          (vii) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;
          (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;
          (ix) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes;
          (x) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository


 

47

          (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (and premium, if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or
          (xii) supplement any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
          SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders. With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), the Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into one or more indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture, or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:
          (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
          (ii) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes;
          (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor;
          (iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture;
          (v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
          (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X;
          (vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
          (viii) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions.


 

48

          It shall not be necessary for any act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such act shall approve the substance thereof.
          SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
          SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
          SECTION 9.5. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE X
Guarantees
          SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. Each of the Guarantors hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”). Each of the Guarantors further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
          Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of the Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement


 

49

or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.
          Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantees herein constitute guarantees of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.
          The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the Guarantors herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of each of the Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or equity.
          Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantees herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
          In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any of the Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each of the Guarantors hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).
          Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantees herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of these Guarantees.


 

50

          Each of the Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.
          SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantors hereunder, none of the Guarantors shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any of the Guarantors seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any of the Guarantors on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.
          SECTION 10.3. Consideration. Each of the Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantees.
ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. Subsequent to any qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.
          SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or the Guarantors:
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-7676
Facsimile Number: (404) 853-1430
Attention: Richard K. Reece, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 

51

if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
7000 Central Parkway
Suite 550
Atlanta, GA 30328
Facsimile Number: (770) 551-5118
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
          Any notices between the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may be by facsimile or certified first class mail, receipt confirmed and the original to follow by guaranteed overnight courier. The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company or any such Guarantors, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
          (i) an Officer’s Certificate of the Company or any such Guarantor, as the case may be, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
          (ii) an Opinion of Counsel of the Company or any such Guarantor, as the case may be, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given with respect to the authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes on the date hereof.
          SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:


 

52

          (i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
          (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
          (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
          SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any of the Guarantors or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any of the Guarantors (an “Affiliate”) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
          SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
          SECTION 11.8. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE (BUT, FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NOT INCLUDING THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
          SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company or the Guarantors), as such, of the Company or the Guarantors shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
          SECTION 11.10. Successors. All agreements of the Company and any of the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.


 

53

          SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
          SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
          SECTION 11.13. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions, and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.


 

54

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.,
     as Issuer
 
 
  By   /s/ Richard K. Reece    
    Name:   Richard K. Reece   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
  ACUITY BRANDS, INC.,
     as the Parent Guarantor
 
 
  By   /s/ Richard K. Reece    
    Name:   Richard K. Reece   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
  ABL IP HOLDING LLC,
     as Guarantor
 
 
  By   /s/ Richard K. Reece    
    Name:   Richard K. Reece   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
     as Trustee
 
 
  By   /s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner    
    Name:   Elizabeth T. Wagner   
    Title:   Vice President   
 


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019
     
No. ___
  Principal Amount $                    
 
            (subject to adjustment as reflected in the
 
            Schedule of Increases and Decreases in
 
            Global Note attached hereto)
         
 
  CUSIP NO.   [00510R AA1 (Rule 144A)]
 
      [U00600 AA1 (Regulation S)]
 
  ISIN NO.   [US00510R AA14 (Rule 144A)]
 
      [USU00600 AA13 (Regulation S)]
          Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on December 15, 2019.
          Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2010 [alternative, if applicable — first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
          Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year.
          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

A-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
         
  ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
  AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   as Trustee
         
     
  By      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
Dated: _______ ______, 20___

A-2


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
1. Interest
          Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.00% per annum; provided, however, that, upon the occurrence or failure to occur of certain events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, pay additional interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 0.50% per annum after such event occurs or fails to occur so long as such event continues or fails to occur, as the case may be. Such additional interest shall be payable in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to this Note.
          The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on June 15, 2010 [alternative, if applicable—first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from December 8, 2009 [alternative, if applicable—date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
          By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (and premium, if any) and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal (and premium, if any) and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.

A-3


 

4. Indenture
          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 8, 2009 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and on the ability of the Company and the Parent Guarantor to enter into mergers and consolidations.
          The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
          The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed; and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.40% (the “Make-Whole Amount”).
          If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note

A-4


 

of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Note shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the presentation and surrender hereof.
          “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note.
          “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
          “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed by the Parent Guarantor.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and their respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one other nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the City of New York (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) as selected by the Parent Guarantor. If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.
          “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to each Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Note that would be due after the related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that Redemption Date is not an interest payment date with respect to the Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on the Note shall be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on the Note to the Redemption Date.
          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a day count basis) of the interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
          The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

A-5


 

6.   Change of Control Offer
          If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holder’s option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
          In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with the form entitled “Election Form” (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture) duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in the United States setting forth:
          (ii) the name of the Holder of this Note;
          (iii) the principal amount of this Note;
          (iv) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
          (v) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
          (vi) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
          (vii) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled “Election Form” duly completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
          Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining outstanding after repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

A-6


 

          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
          (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
          (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
          (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.
          The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the Guarantor and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
          At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
          Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been complied with.
          The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by virtue of any such conflict.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more Persons, other than to the Parent Guarantor or one of its subsidiaries; (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined below); (3) the consummation of any transaction including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation the result of which is that any Person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Parent Guarantor’s Voting Stock (as

A-7


 

defined below); (4) the Parent Guarantor consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Parent Guarantor, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor or of such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Parent Guarantor’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Guarantor. For the purposes of this definition, “Person” and “beneficial owner” have the meanings used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
          “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the Notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control, which Trigger Period shall be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one Rating Agency is providing a rating for the Notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, the Notes shall be deemed to have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.
          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of the Parent Guarantor’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
          “Investment Grade” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Parent Guarantor.
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors.
          “Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act that is selected by the Parent Guarantor (as certified by a resolution of its Board of Directors) as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

A-8


 

          “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
7. Registration Rights
          The Company is party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2009, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein, pursuant to which it is obligated to pay Additional Interest upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.
8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
          The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
9. Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
10. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11. Defeasance
          Certain of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes may be terminated if the Company or any of the Guarantors irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
12. Amendment, Waiver
          The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no

A-9


 

such supplemental indenture shall, among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X of the Indenture; (vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions. The Indenture also permits the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, without the consent of any Holders of the Notes, to, among other things: (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantees to any provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as the case may be, contained in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes; (vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (ix) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (x) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (or premium, if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) supplement any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
          The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the

A-10


 

payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
13. Events of Default and Remedies
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or the Parent Guarantor are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
14. No Recourse Against Others
          No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any of the Guarantors in the Indenture, against any incorporator, limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of future, of the Company, of any of the Guarantors or of any successor entity to the Company or any of the Guarantors, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this Note.
15. Authentication
          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
16. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
17. [CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No

A-11


 

representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
18. Governing Law
          This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

A-12


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
          I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint                      as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                     
Date:
          Your Signature:        
 
                   
     
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
                 
 
    (1 )   o   to the Company; or
 
               
 
    (2 )   o   for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person it reasonably believes is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
 
               
 
    (3 )   o   pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
 
               
 
    (4 )   o   pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
 
               
 
    (5 )   o   pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee may refuse to register any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder

A-13


 

thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.
     
 
   
 
  Signature
 
   
Signature Guarantee:

   
 
   
 
  Signature
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
   
 

A-14


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
     
Dated:
   
 
 
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
 
   
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
   
 

A-15


 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
          The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount of this Global     Signature of authorized  
Date of   Amount of decrease in Principal     Amount of increase in Principal     Note following such decrease or     signatory of Trustee or  
Exchange   Amount of this Global Note     Amount of this Global Note     increase     Securities Custodian  
 
                               

A-16


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019
     
No. ___
  Principal Amount $                    
 
            (subject to adjustment as reflected in the
 
            Schedule of Increases and Decreases in
 
            Global Note attached hereto)
         
 
  CUSIP NO.   00510R AC7
 
  ISIN NO.   US00510RAC79
          Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (subject to adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on December 15, 2019.
          Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on [June 15, 2010] [alternative, if applicable—first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
          Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year.
          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

B-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
         
  ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
   AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
   as Trustee
         
     
  By      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
Dated: ______ ____, 200___

B-2


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
1. Interest
          Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.00% per annum.
          The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on [June 15, 2010] [alternative, if applicable—first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from [December 8, 2009] [alternative, if applicable—date of issuance of any Additional Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
          By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (premium, if any) and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal (premium, if any) and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.

B-3


 

4. Indenture
          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 8, 2009 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Trust Indenture Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions and on the ability of the Company and the Parent Guarantor to enter into mergers and consolidations.
          The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
          The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed; and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.40% (the “Make-Whole Amount”).
          If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the

B-4


 

completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Note shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the presentation and surrender hereof.
          “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note.
          “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
          “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed by the Parent Guarantor.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and their respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one other nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the City of New York (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) as selected by the Parent Guarantor. If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.
          “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to each Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Note that would be due after the related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that Redemption Date is not an interest payment date with respect to the Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on the Note shall be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on the Note to the Redemption Date.
          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a day count basis) of the interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
               The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

B-5


 

6. Change of Control Offer
          If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holder’s option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not including, the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
          In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with the form entitled “Election Form” (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture) duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in the United States setting forth:
          (iv) the name of the Holder of this Note;
          (v) the principal amount of this Note;
          (vi) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
          (vii) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
          (viii) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
          (ix) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled “Election Form” duly completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
          Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining outstanding after repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

B-6


 

     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
          (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
          (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
          (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.
          The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the Guarantor and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company will be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
          At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
          Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been complied with.
          The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by virtue of any such conflict.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more Persons, other than to the Parent Guarantor or one of its subsidiaries; (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined below); (3) the consummation of any transaction including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or

B-7


 

consolidation the result of which is that any Person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Parent Guarantor’s Voting Stock (as defined below); (4) the Parent Guarantor consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Parent Guarantor, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor or of such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Parent Guarantor’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Guarantor. For the purposes of this definition, “Person” and “beneficial owner” have the meanings used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
          “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the Notes cease to be rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control, which Trigger Period shall be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one Rating Agency is providing a rating for the Notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, the Notes shall be deemed to have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.
          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of the Parent Guarantor’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
          “Investment Grade” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Parent Guarantor.
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors.
          “Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act that is selected by the Parent Guarantor (as certified by a resolution of its Board of Directors) as a replacement for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

B-8


 

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.
          “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
          The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
8. Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
9. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
10. Defeasance
          Certain of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes may be terminated if the Company or any of the Guarantors irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
11. Amendment, Waiver
          The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change

B-9


 

or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X of the Indenture; (vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions. The Indenture also permits the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, without the consent of any Holders of the Notes, to, among other things: (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantees to any provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as the case may be, contained in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes; (vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (ix) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (x) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (or premium, if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) supplement any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
          The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or (2) in respect of a

B-10


 

covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
12.   Defaults and Remedies
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
13. No Recourse Against Others
          No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or the interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any of the Guarantors in the Indenture, against any incorporator, limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of future, of the Company, of any of the Guarantors or of any successor entity to the Company or any of the Guarantors, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this Note.
14. Authentication
          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
15. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
16. [CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or

B-11


 

other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
17. Governing Law
          This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

B-12


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
     I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
    and irrevocably appoint            as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
                     
Date:
          Your Signature:        
 
                   
     
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

B-13


 

Exhibit C — Form of
Regulation S Certificate
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(a), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
To:   WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Atlanta, Georgia 30328
               Re:   Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. — [_____]% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)
          Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of                     , 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) are used herein as so defined.
          This certificate relates to US$                     principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “Specified Notes”):
          CUSIP No(s). [                    ]
          CERTIFICATE No(s).                     
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “undersigned”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “Owner”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
          The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “Transferee”) who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note. In connection with

C-1


 

such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as follows:
          1. Rule 903 or 904 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 903 or 904:
     (a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Company or of any such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
     (b) the offer of the Specified Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
     (c) either:
     (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States, or
     (ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) and neither the Owner nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
     (d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or on behalf of the Owner or any affiliate thereof;
     (e) if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has received a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(c)(1) have been satisfied; and
     (f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.

C-2


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
         
Dated:
       
     
    (Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
 
       
    (If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D — Form of
Rule 144A Certificate
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
To:   WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
               Re:   Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. — [________]% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)
          Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of                     , 2009, (the “Indenture”), among Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) are used herein as so defined.
          This certificate relates to US$                     principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the “Specified Notes”):
          CUSIP No(s). [                    ]
          CERTIFICATE No(s).                     
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the “undersigned”) hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the “Owner”. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
          The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the “Transferee”) who will take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as:

D-1


 

          1. Rule 144A Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule 144A:
          (a) the Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer; and
          (b) the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Owner is relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and
          2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
         
Dated:
       
     
    (Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is defined in the second paragraph of this certificate)
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
 
    (If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf of the undersigned must be stated)

D-2


 

Exhibit E
 
ELECTION FORM
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE HOLDER
ELECTS TO ACCEPT THE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER
 
          The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repurchase the relevant Note (or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the Change of Control Offer, for the Change of Control Payment specified in the within Note, to the undersigned,                                         , at                                          (please print or typewrite name and address of the undersigned).
For this election to accept the Change of Control Offer to be effective, the Company must receive, at the address of the Paying Agent set forth below or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder of the relevant Note, either (i) this Note with this “Election Form” form duly completed, or (ii) a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or a trust company in the United States setting forth (a) the name of the Holder of the Note, (b) the principal amount of the Note, (c) the principal amount of the Note to be repurchased, (d) the certificate number or description of the tenor and terms of the Note, (e) a statement that the option to elect repurchase is being exercised, and (f) a guarantee stating that the Note to be repurchased, together with this “Election Form” duly completed will be received by the Paying Agent five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. The address of the Paying Agent is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg, MAC NT303-121, 608 2nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55479, telephone: (877) 872-4605, fax: (866) 969-1290 and email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com.
          If less than the entire principal amount of the relevant Note is to be repurchased, specify the portion thereof (which principal amount must be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) which the Holder elects to have repurchased: $                    .
                                                                                     
Name:
Address:
Telephone Number:
Date:                                                               

E-1


 

Exhibit F
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
          The undersigned,                     , being the                      of                      (the “Company”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company as set forth in the adjacent right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the far right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of                     , 2009 , among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.
         
Name   Title   Signature
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the ___ day of                     , 20___.
                                                                                     
Name:
Title:

F-1

exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
         
(LOGO)
  King & Spalding LLP
 
  1l80 Peachtree Street N.E.
 
  Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521
 
  Phone: 404/ 572-4600
 
  Fax:  404/572-5100
 
  www.kslaw.com
June 30, 2010
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.,
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
Re: Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. — Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes Due 2019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) of (a) $350,000,000 principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, as issuer and Acuity Brands, Inc., parent of the Company (“Acuity Brands”), and ABL IP Holding LLC (“ABL IP Holding” and together with Acuity Brands, the “Guarantors”), as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, and (b) the guarantees (the “Guarantees”) of each of the Guarantors provided by the Guarantors pursuant to the Indenture, we, as legal counsel, have examined such corporate records, certificates and other documents, and such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. In such review we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or photographic copies.
     Upon the basis of such examination, we advise you that, in our opinion, (1) each of the Company and Acuity Brands, each a Delaware corporation, and ABL IP Holding, a Georgia limited liability company, has been duly organized and is an existing entity under the laws of its respective jurisdiction, (2) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors, (3) the Notes have been duly authorized by the Company, (4) the Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantors, and (5) when the terms of the Notes and the Guarantees and of their issuance have been duly established in conformity with the Indenture and the Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Notes will be validly issued and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors and the Company and the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors, subject, in each case, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent

 


 

June 30, 2010
Page 2
transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
     This opinion is limited in all respects to the federal laws of the United States of America, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act, and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any effect that such laws may have on the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein.
     We have relied as to certain factual matters on information obtained from public officials, officers of the Company and the Guarantors and other sources believed by us to be responsible. We have also assumed the genuineness of all signatures on the Indenture.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ King & Spalding LLP    
     
     
 

 

exv23w4
Exhibit 23.4
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC for the registration and offer to exchange $350 million of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 and the guarantees thereof of our report dated October 29, 2009 (except for the retrospective adjustment as discussed in section “Pronouncements Retrospectively Adopted” of Note 3 and section “Earnings Per Share” of Note 6, and Note 16 related to the supplemental guarantor condensed consolidating financial statements, as to which the date is June 30, 2010) with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Acuity Brands, Inc. and of our report dated October 29, 2009 with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Acuity Brands, Inc. included in the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
June 30, 2010

II-11

exv25w1
Exhibit 25.1
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
 
o CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
     
A National Banking Association
   94-1347393
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
  (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national
  Identification No.)
bank)
   
 
   
101 North Phillips Avenue
   
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
   57104
(Address of principal executive offices)
  (Zip code)
Wells Fargo & Company
Law Department, Trust Section
MAC N9305-175
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17
th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
 
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
   58-2632672
(State or other jurisdiction of
  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
  Identification No.)
Additional Registrants
Acuity Brands, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
   58-2632672
(State or other jurisdiction of
  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
  Identification No.)
ABL IP Holding LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
   58-2632672
(State or other jurisdiction of
  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
  Identification No.)
 
   
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
   
One Lithonia Way
   
Conyers, Georgia
   30012
(Address of principal executive offices)
  (Zip code)
 
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(Title of the indenture securities)
 

 


 

Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
 
      Comptroller of the Currency
Treasury Department
Washington, D.C.
 
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C.
 
      Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
San Francisco, California 94120
 
  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
      The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
      None with respect to the trustee.
No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.
Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.
Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.
         
 
  Exhibit 1.   A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
 
       
 
  Exhibit 2.   A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
 
       
 
  Exhibit 3.   See Exhibit 2
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.   Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
 
       
 
  Exhibit 5.   Not applicable.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 6.   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 8.   Not applicable.
 
       
 
  Exhibit 9.   Not applicable.

 


 

 
*   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721.
 
***   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274.

 


 

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Atlanta and State of Georgia on the 25th day of June, 2010.
         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  /s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner    
  Elizabeth T. Wagner   
  Vice President   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT 6
June 25, 2010
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
         
  Very truly yours,


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  /s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner    
  Elizabeth T. Wagner    
  Vice President   
 

 


 

Consolidated Report of Condition of
Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
at the close of business March 31, 2010, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.
                 
            Dollar Amounts  
            In Millions  
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
               
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin
          $ 16,410  
Interest-bearing balances
            44,873  
Securities:
               
Held-to-maturity securities
            0  
Available-for-sale securities
            140,265  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
               
Federal funds sold in domestic offices
            1,091  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
            3,199  
Loans and lease financing receivables:
               
Loans and leases held for sale
            25,990  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    706,137          
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    21,371          
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance
            684,766  
Trading Assets
            29,567  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
            8,244  
Other real estate owned
            3,758  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies
            536  
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures
            121  
Intangible assets
               
Goodwill
            21,238  
Other intangible assets
            28,750  
Other assets
            57,082  
 
             
Total assets
          $ 1,065,890  
 
             
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Deposits:
               
In domestic offices
          $ 718,242  
Noninterest-bearing
    150,608          
Interest-bearing
    567,634          
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs
            85,329  
Noninterest-bearing
    1,397          
Interest-bearing
    83,932          
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
               
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices
            5,562  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
            14,003  

 


 

                 
            Dollar Amounts  
            In Millions  
Trading liabilities
            10,396  
Other borrowed money
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
            55,783  
Subordinated notes and debentures
            21,583  
Other liabilities
            28,269  
 
               
 
             
Total liabilities
          $ 939,167  
 
               
EQUITY CAPITAL
               
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
            0  
Common stock
            520  
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
            98,967  
Retained earnings
            21,137  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
            4,440  
Other equity capital components
            0  
 
               
 
             
Total bank equity capital
            125,064  
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries
            1,659  
 
             
 
               
Total equity capital
            126,723  
 
               
 
             
Total liabilities, and equity capital
          $ 1,065,890  
 
             
I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Howard I. Atkins
   EVP & CFO
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.
         
John Stumpf   Directors    
Carrie Tolstedt        
Michael Loughlin        

 

exv99w1
 
Exhibit 99.1
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON          , 2010 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
for
6.00% Senior Notes of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. due 2019
Guaranteed by
Acuity Brands, Inc.
ABL IP Holding LLC
 
Exchange Agent:
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
 
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):
612-667-6282
Attn. Bondholder Communications
 
Confirm by Telephone:
800-344-5128
 
         
By Registered or Certified Mail:

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480
 
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
In Person by Hand Only:

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
12th Floor — Northstar East Building
Corporate Trust Operations
608 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
For information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange Agent where Old
Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the telephone number listed above.
 
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.


 

 
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THIS LETTER, CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
 
Capitalized terms used in this Letter of Transmittal and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
List in Box 1 below the Old Notes of which you are the holder. If the space provided in Box 1 is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount at maturity of Old Notes on a separate signed schedule and affix that schedule to this Letter of Transmittal.
 
                   
BOX 1
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
                  Principal
            Principal
    Amount of
Name(s) and Address(es) of
    Certificate
    Amount of
    Old Notes
Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in if Blank)     Number(s)(1)     Old Notes     Tendered(2)
     
                             
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
      Totals:            
                   
(1) Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a certificate or Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered.
                   
 
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of (i) the Prospectus, dated          , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC (together, the “Guarantors”) and (ii) this Letter of Transmittal, which may be amended from time to time (as amended, this “Letter”), which together constitute the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange new 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Old Notes”). The Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
 
The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter to indicate the action he or she desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
 
All holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes must, on or prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete, sign, date and mail or otherwise deliver this Letter or a facsimile of this Letter to the Exchange Agent, in person or at the address set forth above; and (2) tender his or her Old Notes or, if a tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”), confirm such book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the Instructions to this Letter. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this Letter to be delivered to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. (See Instruction 1)
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Letter, or in the related notice of guaranteed delivery, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters can only be accepted by means of an Agent’s Message.
 
The Instructions included with this Letter must be followed in their entirety. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address listed above.


2


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered with this Letter, the undersigned exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and the Guarantors, all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered.
 
The undersigned constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and the Guarantors) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to: (a) deliver certificates for such Old Notes; (b) deliver Old Notes and all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to or upon the order of the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the Old Notes tendered under the Exchange Offer; and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to acquire New Notes issuable upon exchange of the tendered Old Notes, and that, when the tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuer and the Guarantors will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered.
 
The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered Old Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the issuance of New Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer and Guarantors of their respective obligations under the registration rights agreement that the Issuer and Guarantors entered into with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and that, upon the issuance of the New Notes, the Issuer and Guarantors will have no further obligations or liabilities under the Registration Rights Agreement (except in certain limited circumstances). By tendering Old Notes, the undersigned certifies that (i) any New Notes received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes, and (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or the Guarantors or, if it is an affiliate (as so defined) of such persons or a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes directly from such persons, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
 
The undersigned acknowledges that, if it is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
The undersigned understands that the Issuer and the Guarantors may accept the undersigned’s tender by delivering written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the undersigned’s right to withdraw such tender will terminate.
 
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of the undersigned. Tenders may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Instructions included with this Letter.
 
Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below, the Exchange Agent will deliver New Notes (and, if applicable, a certificate for any Old Notes not tendered but represented by a certificate also encompassing Old Notes which are tendered) to the undersigned at the address set forth in Box 1.


3


 

 
The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter, the Prospectus shall prevail.
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
     Name of Tendering Institution: 
 
     Account Number: 
 
     Transaction Code Number: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
     Name(s) of Registered Owner(s): 
 
     Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
     Window Ticket Number (if available): 
 
     Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS.
 
     Name: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER OR AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
     Name: 
 
     Address: 
 
     


4


 

 
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

BOX 2

PLEASE SIGN HERE
WHETHER OR NOT OLD NOTES ARE BEING
PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
 
     
­ ­  
     
­ ­
 
(Signature(s) of Owner(s)
or Authorized Signatory)
  (Date)
 
Area Code and Telephone Number:
 
 
This box must be signed by registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Letter. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. (See Instruction 3)
 
Name(s):
 
(Please Print)
 
Capacity:
 
 
Address(es):
 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
     
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:
 
     
   
(If required by Instruction 3)
  (Authorized Signature)
   
     
   
    (Title)
   
     
   
    (Name of Firm)
 


5


 

 
BOX 3

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.
 
Issue and deliver:
 
(check appropriate boxes)
 
o   Old Notes not tendered
 
o   New Notes, to:
 
Name(s):
(Please Print)
 
Address(es):
 
 
TIN or Social Security Number:
 


6


 

 
BOX 4

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2 or to an address other than that shown in Box 1.
 
Deliver:
 
(check appropriate boxes)
 
o   Old Notes not Tendered
 
o   New Notes, to:
 
Name(s):
(Please Print)
 
Address(es):
 
 


7


 

INSTRUCTIONS
 
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
1. Delivery of this Letter and Certificates.  Certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or before the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Letter, certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holder, but except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is suggested.
 
Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) tender must be made by or through a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized signature medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Institution”); (ii) on or prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by telegram, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) (x) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the names in which the Old Notes are registered, the principal amount of Old Notes tendered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the Old Notes to be tendered, (y) stating that the tender is being made thereby and (z) guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, will be delivered by the Eligible Institution together with this Letter, properly completed and duly executed, and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or an agent’s message with respect to the guaranteed delivery that is accepted by the Issuer; and (iii) the certificates for all tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation or a properly transmitted agent’s message, as the case may be, as well as all other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Issuer, whose determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel to the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder of Old Notes whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the cases of other holders of Old Notes. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter, waive any right to receive notice of acceptance of their Old Notes.
 
None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be obligated to give notice of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
 
2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.  If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Note evidenced by a submitted certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of Box 1 above. All of the Old Notes represented by a certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. A certificate for Old Notes not tendered will be sent to the holder, unless otherwise provided in Box 4, as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, in the event that less than the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a submitted certificate is tendered (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained by the holder with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility).


8


 

 
A tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To be effective with respect to the tender of Old Notes, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the person named in the applicable letter of transmittal as having tendered Old Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) indentify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers or, in the case of Old Notes transferred through the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the name and number of the account to be credited; (iv) specify the principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, which must be an authorized denomination; (v) state that the holder is withdrawing its election to have those Old Notes exchanged; (vi) state the name of the registered holder of those Old Notes; and (vii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the signature on the applicable letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Issuer that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the Old Notes being withdrawn.
 
3. Signatures on this Letter; Assignments; Guarantee of Signatures.  If this Letter is signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) for such Old Notes, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned by two or more joint owners, all owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered Old Notes are held in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are names in which certificates are held.
 
If this Letter is signed by the holder of record and (i) the entire principal amount of the holder’s Old Notes are tendered; and/or (ii) untendered Old Notes, if any, are to be issued to the holder of record, then the holder of record need not endorse any certificates for tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. If any other case, the holder of record must transmit a separate bond power with this Letter.
 
If this Letter or any certificate or assignment is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted, unless waived by the Issuer.
 
Signatures on this Letter must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed the Box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that the signatures in this Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an Eligible Institution which is a member of The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), The New York Stock Exchanges Medallion Signature Program (MSP) or The Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.  Tendering holders should indicate, in Box 3 or 4, as applicable, the name and address to which the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate.
 
5. Transfer Taxes.  The Issuer and/or the Guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Old Notes to them or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the record holder, or if tendered certificates are recorded in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to the Issuer and the Guarantors or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the record holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of taxes or exemption from taxes is not submitted with this Letter, the amount of transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.


9


 

 
Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the certificates listed in this Letter.
 
6. Waiver of Conditions.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend or waive any of the specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Old Notes tendered.
 
7. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  Any holder whose certificates for Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.
 
8. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.  Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent.
 
IMPORTANT:  This Letter (together with certificates representing tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required documents) must be received by the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer (as described in the Prospectus).


10

exv99w2
 
Exhibit 99.2
 
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
 
Exchange Offer
to holders of its
 
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
 
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
As set forth in (i) the Prospectus, dated          , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC (together, the “Guarantors”) under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Offer Procedures” and (ii) the Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors to exchange up to $350,000,000 in principal amount of the Issuer’s new 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 for $350,000,000 in principal amount of the Issuer’s 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Old Notes”), which Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors if: (i) certificates for the Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) on or prior to the expiration date of the Exchange Offer (as defined below and as described in the Prospectus). Such form may be delivered by telegram, facsimile transmission, mail or hand to the Exchange Agent.
 
To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Exchange Agent”)
 
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):
612-667-6282
Attn. Bondholder Communications
 
Confirm by Telephone:
800-344-5128
 
         
By Registered or Certified Mail:
  By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:   In Person by Hand Only:
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480
  WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479
  WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
12th Floor — Northstar East Building
Corporate Trust Operations
608 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
For information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange Agent where Old Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the telephone number listed above.
 
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at the telephone number set forth above, or transmittal of this instrument to a facsimile number other than as set forth above or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at the telephone number set forth above, does not constitute a valid delivery.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or in the related Letter of Transmittal, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters of Transmittal can only be accepted by means of an Agent’s Message.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and the Letter of Transmittal.
 
All the authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death or incapacity of, the undersigned.
 
     
    Sign Here
     
Principal Amount of Old Notes
Tendered: ­ ­
  Signature(s): ­ ­
     
Certificate Nos. (if available):
   ­ ­
     
  Please Print the Following Information
     
    Name(s): ­ ­
Total Principal Amount Represented by Old
Notes Certificate(s):
   ­ ­
     
  Address(es): ­ ­
     
Account Number:
   ­ ­
     
  Area Code and Tel. No(s).: ­ ­
     
     
Name(s) in which Old Notes Registered:
   ­ ­
 ­ ­
   
     
Date: ­ ­
   
     
     
 
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Outstanding Notes as their names(s) appear(s) on certificates for Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.


2


 

GUARANTEE
 
The undersigned, a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized signature medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or delivery of such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents, is being made within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery of the above-named person.
 
Name of Firm: 
 
Authorized Signature: 
 
Number and Street or P.O. Box: 
 
City:  ­ ­ State: ­ ­ Zip Code: ­ ­
 
Area Code and Tel. No.: 
 
Dated: 


3